UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
S-3/A, 2000-08-11
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: NORTHWEST PIPE CO, 10-Q, EX-27, 2000-08-11
Next: UACSC AUTO TRUSTS, S-3/A, EX-3.1, 2000-08-11




         As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2000
                                                     Registration  No. 333-42046
                    Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration No. 333-77535
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                   FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                       AND POST EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                                UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
                     (Issuer with respect to the securities)

                         UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                   (Originator of the Trusts described herein)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                          35-1937340
(State or other jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or                                Identification No.)
organization of registrant)


                      9240 Bonita Beach Road, Suite 1109-A
                          Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                                 (941) 948-1850
                        (Address, including ZIP code, and
                          telephone number, including
                           area code, of registrant's
                          principal place of business)


                               LEEANNE W. GRAZIANI
                         UAC Securitization Corporation
                      9240 Bonita Beach Road, Suite 1109-A
                          Bonita Springs, Florida 34135
                                 (941) 948-1850

                       (Name, address, including ZIP code,
                        and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
      ERIC R. MOY, ESQ.                              RICHARD M. SCHETMAN, ESQ.
     Barnes & Thornburg                            Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
   11 South Meridian Street                              100 Maiden Lane
 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204                        New York, New York  10038


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement as determined by
market conditions.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<PAGE>


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=====================================================================================================================
                                                              Proposed          Proposed maximum         Amount of
     Title of each class of           Amount to be        maximum offering     aggregate offering      registration
     securities registered            registered (1)      price per unit (2)         price (2)             fee (1)(3)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                         <C>             <C>                      <C>

    Asset Backed Securities         $3,375,267,382.00           100%            $3,375,267,382.00        $791,736.00
=====================================================================================================================

</TABLE>
(1)      The  $3,375,267,382.00 of securities registered under this Registration
         Statement  includes  $375,267,382.00  aggregate  amount  of  securities
         carried forward under Registration  Statement No. 333-77535,  for which
         the issuer  previously  paid a filing fee of $104,324.33  (at a rate of
         $278 per $1,000,000),  and $1,000,000.00 aggregate amount of securities
         for which the issuer  previously paid $264.00 on or about July 21, 2000
         when it  filed  the  initial  Form S-3 to which  this  Amendment  No. 1
         relates.

(2)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(3)      Determined  pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Securities Act at a rate of
         $264 per $1,000,000.


         The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

         Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act, upon effectiveness, this
Registration Statement shall contain a combined prospectus which also relates to
$375,267,382.00   aggregate  amount  of  securities   registered  on  Form  S-3,
Registration No.  333-77535  (which was declared  effective on May 14, 1999) for
which the fee of $104,324.33 (at a rate of $278 per $1,000,000),  has previously
been paid. This Registration Statement also constitutes Post-Effective Amendment
No. 1 to Registration No. 333-77535.





<PAGE>

                                INTRODUCTORY NOTE

     This registration  statement contains:

         o        a form of  prospectus  supplement  relating to the offering by
                  UACSC  [year] - ___ Owner  Trust of the  particular  series of
                  asset backed notes  described  therein,  using the owner trust
                  structure described in the prospectus,

         o        a form of  prospectus  supplement  relating to the offering by
                  UACSC  [YEAR]- ___ Grantor Trust of the  particular  series of
                  asset backed certificates  described therein using the grantor
                  trust structure described in the prospectus, and

         o        a form of  prospectus  relating  to the  offering of series of
                  asset   backed   securities   (consisting   of  notes   and/or
                  certificates)  by various UACSC Auto Trusts  created from time
                  to time by UAC Securitization Corporation.

         Each  form of  prospectus  supplement  relates  only to the  securities
described  therein  and is a  form  that  may  be  used,  among  others,  by UAC
Securitization  Corporation  to offer asset backed  securities  including  asset
backed certificates and/or asset backed notes under this registration statement.


                                       I-2

<PAGE>

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

      Name and Caption in Form S-3           Caption in Prospectus
      ----------------------------           ---------------------

1.    Foreport of the Registration
      Statement and Outside Front
      Cover Page of Prospectus............   Front  Cover  Page of  Registration
                                             Statement; Outside Front Cover Page
                                             of   Prospectus    and   Prospectus
                                             Supplements

2.    Inside Front and Outside Back
      Cover Pages of Prospectus...........   Inside   Front   Page    Prospectus
                                             Supplements

3.    Summary Information, Risk Factors
      and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
      Charges.............................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements and  Prospectus),  Risk
                                             Factors (Prospectus Supplements and
                                             Prospectus);  Yield and  Prepayment
                                             Considerations          (Prospectus
                                             Supplements)

4.    Use of Proceeds.....................   Use of Proceeds (Prospectus)

5.    Determination of Offering Price.....   *

6.    Dilution............................   *

7.    Selling Security Holders............   *

8.    Plan of Distribution................   Underwriting            (Prospectus
                                             Supplements);  Plan of Distribution
                                             (Prospectus)

9.    Description of Securities to Be
      Registered..........................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements  and  Prospectus);  The
                                             Receivables Pools (Prospectus); The
                                             Receivables     Pool    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements);  Description  of  the
                                             Securities (Prospectus);  The Notes
                                             (Owner        Trust      Prospectus
                                             Supplement);    The    Certificates
                                             (Grantor      Trust      Prospectus
                                             Supplement); Certain Legal  Aspects
                                             of  the  Receivables ( Prospectus);
                                             Federal   Income  Tax  Consequences
                                             (Prospectus      and     Prospectus
                                             Supplements)


10.   Interests of Named Experts and
      Counsel.............................   Legal Opinions (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Experts (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Legal Matters
                                             (Prospectus)

11.   Material Changes....................   *

12.   Information with Respect to the
      Registrant..........................   Union  Acceptance  Corporation  and
                                             Affiliates (Prospectus); The Trusts
                                             (Prospectus);   Formation   of  the
                                             Trust   (Prospectus   Supplements);
                                             Description   of   the   Securities
                                             (Prospectus);   The  Notes   (Owner
                                             Trust Prospectus Supplement);   The
                                             Certificates     (Grantor     Trust
                                             Prospectus Supplement)

13.   Incorporation of Certain
      Information by Reference............   Incorporation       of      Certain
                                             Information       by      Reference
                                             (Prospectus)

14.   Disclosure of Commission Position
      on Indemnification for Securities
      Act Liabilities.....................   See page II-2
-------------
*Not Applicable




<PAGE>

                    [PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR OWNER TRUST]


Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated ___________________)

$-------------------

UACSC [YEAR] Owner Trust
Automobile Receivable Backed Notes

UAC Securitization Corporation,
     as seller
                                                                [logo]
Union Acceptance Corporation,
     as servicer

         We are offering the following  classes of automobile  receivable backed
notes:

                                                          Price     Underwriting
Class of    Initial Aggregate  Interest     Final        to Public    Discount
  Notes     Principal Balance    Rate    Maturity Date   per Note     per Note
  -----     -----------------    ----    -------------   --------     --------

   A-1          $                  %                             %           %
   A-2          $                  %                             %           %
   A-3          $                  %                             %           %
   A-4          $                  %                             %           %
    B           $                  %                             %           %

         The  total  price  to  the  public  is  $_________________.  The  total
underwriting  discount is  $_____________.  The total  proceeds to the trust are
$___________________.

         You  should  carefully  consider  the  factors  set forth  under  "Risk
Factors" beginning on page ______ of this prospectus supplement and on page ____
in the prospectus.

         The notes represent obligations of the UACSC _________ Owner Trust only
and  do  not  represent  obligations  of  or  interests  in  UAC  Securitization
Corporation,  Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  any of  their  affiliates  or any
governmental agency.

         This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the notes only
if accompanied by the prospectus.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved  of these  securities or determined  that
this  prospectus  supplement  or the  accompanying  prospectus  is  truthful  or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                  Underwriters

   ------------------------                          ------------------------

        The date of this prospectus supplement is ______________________.
<PAGE>


              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

         We tell you about the notes in the following documents:

         (1) this prospectus  supplement,  which describes the specific terms of
your notes; and

         (2) the accompanying  prospectus,  which provides general  information,
some of which may not apply to the notes.

         If  the  description  of  the  notes  varies  between  this  prospectus
supplement  and the  prospectus,  you  should  rely on the  information  in this
prospectus supplement.

         We include  cross-references  in this prospectus  supplement and in the
accompanying  prospectus to captions in this prospectus supplement where you can
find further related discussions.  The following table of contents and the table
of contents included in the accompanying  prospectus  provide the pages on which
these captions are located.

         In this prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  "we"
refers to the seller of the notes,  UAC  Securitization  Corporation,  and "you"
refers to any prospective investor in the notes.


<PAGE>



SUMMARY OF TERMS.........................................................
     Issuer..............................................................
     Seller..............................................................
     Servicer............................................................
     Indenture Trustee...................................................
     Owner Trustee.......................................................
     Closing Date........................................................
     The Notes...........................................................
     Payment Date........................................................
     Interest on the Notes...............................................
     Note Principal......................................................
     The Certificate.....................................................
     The Trust Assets....................................................
     Spread Account;
         Rights of the Certificateholder.................................
     The Policy..........................................................
     Policy Amount.......................................................
     Insurer.............................................................
     Indenture Default; Control by the
         Insurer and Noteholders.........................................
     Legal Investment....................................................
     Optional Redemption.................................................
     Increase of the Class A-4 Interest Rate
         and the Class B Interest Rate...................................
     Tax Status..........................................................
     Ratings.............................................................
     ERISA Considerations................................................
RISK FACTORS.............................................................
     You May Not Be Able
         to Resell the Notes.............................................
     The Notes Are Obligations of the Trust
         Only and Are Not Guaranteed by
         Any Other Party.................................................
     The Amount in the Spread Account
         May Not Be Sufficient to Assure
         Payment of Principal
          and Interest...................................................
     You May Incur a Loss If There Is a
         Default Under the Policy........................................
     Some Notes Are More at Risk
         Than Others If There Are
         Losses on the Receivables.......................................
     Some Payments on the Notes
         Are Subordinate to
         Other Payments on the Notes.....................................
     Noteholders Have a Limited Right to
         Declare Indenture Defaults or
         Remedies........................................................
     A Change in the Note Ratings
         May Adversely Affect the Notes..................................
FORMATION OF THE TRUST...................................................
THE RECEIVABLES POOL.....................................................
     Composition of the Receivables by
         Financed Vehicle Type as of
         _________________...............................................
     Distribution of the Receivables
         by Financed Vehicle Model
         Year as of ________________.....................................
     Distribution of the Receivables by
         Contract Rate as of
         ________________................................................
     Geographic Distribution of the .....................................
         Receivables as of
         ________________................................................
     Distribution of the Receivables by
         Remaining  Term as of
         ________________................................................
     Delinquencies and Net Losses........................................
     Delinquency and Credit
         Loss Experience.................................................
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF
     THE NOTES...........................................................
     Percent of Initial Note Balance at
          Various ABS Percentages........................................
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT
     CONSIDERATIONS......................................................
THE NOTES................................................................
     Sale and Assignment of Receivables..................................
     Accounts............................................................
     Advances............................................................
     Payments on the Notes...............................................
     Distributions on the Certificate....................................
     The Policy..........................................................
     Default under the Indenture.........................................
     Rights of the Insurer upon Servicer
         Default, Amendment or Waiver....................................
THE SELLER AND UAC.......................................................
THE INSURER..............................................................
     ____________________................................................
     _________ Financial Information.....................................
     Where You Can Obtain Additional
         Information About _____________.................................
     Financial Strength Ratings of ____________..........................
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS...................................................
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
     CONSEQUENCES........................................................
     General.............................................................
     Discount and Premium................................................
     Gain or Loss on Disposition.........................................
     Backup Withholding and
         Information Reporting...........................................
     Withholding Regulations Effective
         December 31, 2000...............................................
     Alternative Treatment of the
         Class B Notes...................................................
     State and Local Taxation............................................
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.....................................................
UNDERWRITING.............................................................
LEGAL OPINIONS...........................................................
EXPERTS  ................................................................
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS.................................................

<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This  summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  prospectus
         supplement and does not contain all of the information  that you should
         consider in making your investment  decision.  To understand all of the
         terms of this  offering,  read the  entire  prospectus  supplement  and
         accompanying prospectus.

o        The  definitions  of or  references to  capitalized  terms used in this
         prospectus supplement can be found on the pages indicated in the "Index
         of Principal  Terms" on page ____ in this  prospectus  supplement or on
         page ____ of the accompanying prospectus.

Issuer

The UACSC _______ Owner Trust, a Delaware  business trust,  will issue the notes
described in this prospectus supplement.

Seller

UAC Securitization Corporation is the seller and the depositor of the trust. The
seller will  transfer the  automobile  receivables  and related  property to the
trust. See "The Seller and UAC" in this prospectus supplement.

Servicer

Union Acceptance  Corporation ("UAC") will act as the servicer of the trust. The
servicer will receive and apply payments on the automobile receivables,  service
the  collection  of  the  receivables  and  direct  the  trustees  to  make  the
appropriate payments to the noteholders and the certificateholder.  The servicer
will receive a monthly servicing fee as compensation for its services.  See "The
Seller and UAC" in this prospectus supplement.

Indenture Trustee

________________________  will serve as the indenture trustee under the terms of
an indenture between the trust and the indenture trustee.

Owner Trustee

__________________________  will serve as the owner trustee under the terms of a
trust and  servicing  agreement  between the seller,  the servicer and the owner
trustee.

Closing Date

The closing date will be on or about ________________.

The Notes

On the  closing  date,  the trust will issue the class A-1 notes,  the class A-2
notes,  the class  A-3  notes,  the  class  A-4 notes and the class B notes,  as
described below, under an indenture between the trust and the indenture trustee.
We are offering the notes for sale in this prospectus supplement.  The notes are
non-recourse  obligations  of the trust and are secured by certain assets of the
trust.  The interest  rates and initial  principal  balances of the notes are as
follows:

                    Interest Rate   Initial Aggregate
                     (per annum)     Principal Balance
                     -----------     -----------------
  class A-1 notes     _____%              $________
  class A-2 notes     _____%              $________
  class A-3 notes     _____%              $________
  class A-4 notes     _____%              $________
  class B notes       _____%              $________

See "The Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

Payment Date

The trust will pay  interest and  principal on the notes on the eighth  calendar
day of each month or, if such day is not a business  day,  on the next  business
day. The payments  will begin on  ______________  and will be made to holders of
record of the notes as of the record date, which will be the business day before
the payment date.  However, if definitive notes are issued, the record date will
be the last day of the  collection  period  related  to the  payment  date.  The
collection  period  with  respect  to any  payment  date is the  calendar  month
immediately  preceding the calendar month in which such payment date occurs. See
"The  Notes  --  Payments  on the  Notes"  in  this  prospectus  supplement  and
"Description  of the Securities -- Definitive  Securities"  in the  accompanying
prospectus.

Interest on the Notes

Interest  on the class A-1 notes  will be  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day
year and the actual  number of days from the  previous  payment date through the
day before the related payment date. Interest on all other classes of notes will
be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
See "Yield and  Prepayment  Considerations"  and "The Notes --  Payments  on the
Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

Class  A-1  Monthly  Interest.   Generally,   the  amount  of  monthly  interest
distributable  to the class A-1  noteholders on each payment date is the product
of:

         (1)      1/360th of the interest rate for the class A-1 notes;

         (2)      the  actual  number of days  from the  previous  payment  date
                  through the day before the related payment date; and

         (3)      the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the class A-1
                  notes on the  preceding  payment date (after  giving effect to
                  all payments to noteholders on such date).

Monthly  Interest for Other  Notes.  Generally,  the amount of monthly  interest
distributable   to  each  class  of  noteholders   (other  than  the  class  A-1
noteholders) on each payment date is the product of:

         (1)      one-twelfth  of the interest rate  applicable to such class of
                  notes; and

         (2)      the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of such class on
                  the  preceding  payment  date  (after  giving  effect  to  all
                  payments to noteholders on such date).

Monthly Interest on First Payment Date. The amount of interest  distributable on
the  first  payment  date of  _______________  will be based  upon  the  initial
aggregate  principal  balance of the  applicable  class of notes and will accrue
from the closing date through the day before the first  payment date (and in the
case of all of the notes other than the class A-1 notes, assuming that the month
of the closing date has 30 days).

Note Principal

The trust will  distribute  principal on each payment date to the noteholders of
record as of the record date.  Generally,  the amount of monthly  principal  the
trust will pay is equal to the decrease in the outstanding  principal balance of
the receivables pool during the preceding calendar month.  Additional amounts of
available  cash  flow  from  the  receivables  will be used to make  accelerated
payments of principal to reduce the aggregate  outstanding principal balances of
the notes below the receivables pool balance, until the principal balance of the
receivables  pool exceeds such  aggregate  note balances by ____% of the initial
aggregate principal balance of the notes or $__________________.  See "The Notes
-- Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

Generally,  principal will be distributed to the noteholders in the order of the
alpha-numeric  designation  of each class of the notes,  starting with the class
A-1 notes and ending with the class B notes.  For example,  no principal will be
distributed to the class A-2 noteholders until the outstanding principal balance
of the  class  A-1  notes  has  been  reduced  to  zero.  No  principal  will be
distributed to the class B noteholders until the principal of all of the class A
notes has been paid in full.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Some Notes Are More at Risk
Than  Others  If  There  Are  Losses  on the  Receivables"  in  this  prospectus
supplement.

The trust must pay the outstanding  principal balance of each class of notes, to
the extent not  previously  paid,  by the final  maturity date for such class of
notes as follows:

                            Final Maturity Date

   class A-1 notes         __________________
   class A-2 notes         __________________
   class A-3 notes         __________________
   class A-4 notes         __________________
   class B notes           __________________

Since the rate of payment of  principal of each class of notes  depends  greatly
upon the rate of payment of principal on the  receivables  (including  voluntary
prepayments and principal paid in respect of defaulted receivables and purchased
receivables),  the final  payment in respect of each class of notes  could occur
significantly  earlier than the respective  final maturity dates. See "The Notes
-- Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

The Certificate

In addition to the notes, the trust will issue an automobile  receivable  backed
certificate  pursuant  to the trust and  servicing  agreement.  The  certificate
represents an undivided  beneficial  ownership interest in the trust and will be
retained by the seller.  We are not  offering the  certificate  for sale in this
offering.

The Trust Assets

The trust will pledge its assets to the indenture  trustee as collateral for the
repayment of the notes. The trust assets will include:

         o        a pool of simple and precomputed interest installment sale and
                  installment loan contracts originated in various states in the
                  United States of America, secured by new and used vehicles;

         o        certain monies (including  accrued interest) due in respect of
                  the receivables as of and after ______________,  but excluding
                  accrued interest paid before the closing date;

         o        security  interests in the related  vehicles  financed through
                  the receivables;

         o        funds on deposit in a collection account and a spread account;

         o        any  proceeds  from  claims  on  certain  insurance   policies
                  relating to the financed vehicles or the related  obligors;

         o        any lender's single interest insurance policy;

         o        an  unconditional  and irrevocable  insurance policy issued by
                  __________________  guaranteeing  payments  of  principal  and
                  interest on the notes; and

         o        certain rights under the  agreements by which the  receivables
                  are sold  from UAC to the  seller  and from the  seller to the
                  trust.

The trust will  acquire  its assets  from the seller  pursuant  to the trust and
servicing agreement. See "Formation of the Trust" in this prospectus supplement.

Spread Account; Rights of the Certificateholder

The trust will establish a spread account on the closing date for the benefit of
the  noteholders  and the insurer.  On the closing date we will deposit into the
spread  account the amount  required by the insurer as an initial  deposit.  The
spread  account  will  hold  the  excess,  if  any,  of the  collections  on the
receivables  over  the  amounts  which  the  trust  is  required  to  pay to the
noteholders,  the servicer and the insurer.  The amount of funds  available  for
payment  to  noteholders  on any  payment  date will  consist  of funds from the
following sources:

         (1)      payments  received from obligors in respect of the receivables
                  (net of any amount  required to be  deposited  to the payahead
                  account in respect of precomputed receivables);

         (2)      any net  withdrawal  from the  payahead  account in respect of
                  precomputed receivables;

         (3)      interest earned on funds on deposit in the collection account;

         (4)      liquidation proceeds received in respect of receivables;

         (5)      advances  received from the servicer in respect of interest on
                  certain delinquent receivables; and

         (6)      amounts  received  in  respect  of  required   repurchases  or
                  purchases of receivables by UAC or the servicer.

The  indenture  trustee will withdraw  funds from the spread  account (up to the
amount on deposit in the spread  account)  and then draw on the  policy,  if the
amount of available funds for any payment date is not sufficient to pay:

         (1)      the  amounts  owed  to the  servicer  (including  the  monthly
                  servicing  fee  and  reimbursement  for  advances  made by the
                  servicer to the trust); and

         (2)      the  required  payments  of  interest  and  principal  to  the
                  noteholders  (including  required  payments of interest to the
                  class B  noteholders  after  an  event of  default  under  the
                  indenture).

If the amount on deposit in the spread  account is zero,  after any  withdrawals
for the benefit of the noteholders, and there is a default under the policy, any
remaining  losses  on the  receivables  will be borne  directly  by the  class B
noteholders (up to the full class B note balance at the time a loss is incurred)
and then by the class A noteholders  pro rata (to the extent of the  outstanding
class or classes of class A notes at such  time).  See "Risk  Factors -- You May
Incur a Loss if there is a Default Under the Policy," "-- Some Notes are More at
Risk  than  Others  if there  are  Losses  on the  Receivables,"  "The  Notes --
Accounts" and "--Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

The trust will be  required  to  maintain a  specified  amount on deposit in the
spread  account  through  the  deposit  of excess  collections,  if any,  on the
receivables. The required spread amount will be set forth in the indenture.

In no event  will the  amount  on  deposit  in the  spread  account  exceed  the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the notes.

Any amount on deposit in the spread account on any payment date in excess of the
required  spread amount (after all other  required  deposits to and  withdrawals
from  the  spread   account  have  been  made)  will  be   distributed   to  the
certificateholder. Any such distribution to the certificateholder will no longer
be an asset of the trust.

We intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
the required  spread amount  through the deposit of the excess  collections,  if
any,  on the  receivables.  However,  we cannot  assure  you that the  amount on
deposit in the spread account will actually grow to the required spread amount.

If net  losses  on the  receivables  pool  exceed  the  levels  set forth in the
insurance  and  reimbursement  agreement  among  the  seller,  the  trust,  UAFC
Corporation ("UAFCC"),  UAC, in its individual capacity and as servicer, and the
insurer, the required spread amount will be increased to the amount set forth in
the indenture. The required spread amount may be increased:

     (1) if the servicer defaults, fails to perform its obligations, or breaches
         a material representation under the trust and servicing agreement,  the
         indenture or the insurance and reimbursement agreement; or

     (2) upon the occurrence of certain other events  described in the insurance
         and reimbursement  agreement generally involving the performance of the
         receivables.

See "The Notes -- Accounts" and " -- The Policy" in this prospectus supplement.

The Policy

The seller  will  obtain an  unconditional  and  irrevocable  insurance  policy.
Subject to the terms of the policy,  the insurer will  guarantee  the payment of
monthly  interest  and  monthly   principal  on  the  notes  (exclusive  of  any
accelerated payments of principal) up to the policy amount.

In addition, the policy will cover any amount paid or required to be paid by the
trust to the  noteholders,  which amount is sought to be recovered as a voidable
preference  by a trustee in  bankruptcy  of UAC,  the seller or UAFCC  under the
United States Bankruptcy Code in accordance with a final  nonappealable order of
a court having competent jurisdiction.

See "The Notes -- The Policy" in this prospectus supplement.

Policy Amount

The policy amount with respect to any payment date will be:

(a) the sum of:
     (1) the monthly servicing fee;

     (2) monthly interest;

     (3) the lesser of (a) the outstanding  aggregate  principal  balance of all
         classes  of notes on such  payment  date  (after  giving  effect to any
         distributions  of  available  funds  and any funds  withdrawn  from the
         spread  account to pay monthly  principal on such payment date) and (b)
         the initial aggregate principal balances of the notes minus all amounts
         withdrawn  from the spread  account or drawn on the policy with respect
         to principal;

         less:

(b)  all amounts on deposit in the spread  account on such  payment  date (after
     giving  effect to any  amounts  withdrawn  from the spread  account on such
     date).

Insurer

_________________________  is the  insurer  and will  guarantee  the  payment of
monthly interest and monthly principal (exclusive of any accelerated payments of
principal)  under the terms of the policy.  See "The Insurer" in this prospectus
supplement.

Indenture Default; Control by the Insurer and Noteholders

Certain events will cause events of default under the indenture. If an indenture
default  occurs and the insurer is not in default under the policy,  the insurer
may declare the indenture default and control the remedy for such default. If an
indenture  default  occurs and the insurer is in default  under the policy,  the
noteholders  holding  notes  evidencing at least  two-thirds of the  outstanding
principal  balances of the notes may declare the  indenture  default and control
the remedy.

The party that controls the remedy may give notice of  acceleration  and declare
the  principal of the notes to be  immediately  due and payable.  The rights and
remedies of the insurer and the noteholders  upon the occurrence of an indenture
default may include the right to direct the  indenture  trustee to liquidate the
property of the trust. The rights and remedies are further  described under "The
Indenture -- Default under the Indenture" in the  accompanying  prospectus.  See
also "Risk  Factors --  Noteholders  Have a Limited  Right to Declare  Indenture
Defaults or Remedies" in this prospectus supplement.

Legal Investment

The class A-1 notes will be eligible  for  purchase by money  market funds under
Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Optional Redemption

The servicer has the right to purchase all of the receivables as of the last day
of any collection period on which the aggregate principal balance of all classes
of the notes on the related payment date (after the payment of all amounts to be
paid on such  payment  date)  will be equal to or less  than 10% of the  initial
aggregate principal balance of all classes of notes. We will redeem the notes as
a result of such a purchase of the receivables.

The purchase price for the receivables will be equal to the fair market value of
the receivables; provided that such amount may not be less than the sum of:

         (1)      100% of the  outstanding  aggregate  principal  balance of all
                  classes of notes,

         (2)      accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  principal
                  balances of all  outstanding  classes of notes at the weighted
                  average interest rate of such notes, and

         (3)      any amounts due the insurer.

Increase of the Class A-4 Interest Rate and the Class B Interest Rate

If the  servicer  does not  exercise  its rights  with  respect to the  optional
redemption on the first payment date that the optional  redemption is permitted,
each of the  class  A-4  interest  rate and the  class B  interest  rate will be
increased by __________ after such date.

Tax Status

In the  opinion of special tax  counsel to the  seller,  for federal  income tax
purposes:

     o   the class A notes will be characterized as debt,

     o   the class B notes may be characterized as debt or as equity, and

     o   the  trust  will  not  be  treated  as  an  association  taxable  as  a
         corporation  or  as  a  "publicly  traded  partnership"  taxable  as  a
         corporation.

The owner trustee, the noteholders and the certificateholder will agree to treat
the notes as  indebtedness  for federal income tax purposes.  Should the class B
notes be  characterized  as equity,  a  non-U.S.  person,  tax-exempt  entity or
individual  who is a class B  noteholder  may suffer  adverse tax  consequences.
Accordingly,  such persons may not be suitable  investors for the class B notes.
See "Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in this prospectus  supplement and in the
accompanying prospectus.

Ratings

On the  closing  date,  each  class of notes  will be issued  only if such class
receives  ratings from  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. as follows:

                                    Rating

       Class              Moody's               S&P
       -----              -------               ---
        A-1                 P-1                A-1+
        A-2                 Aaa                 AAA
        A-3                 Aaa                 AAA
        A-4                 Aaa                 AAA
         B                  Aaa                 AAA

A rating  is not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold the  notes  and may be
subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the  assigning  rating  agency.
See "Risk  Factors  -- A Change in the Note  Ratings  May  Adversely  Affect the
Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

ERISA Considerations

The class A notes may be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans subject
to Title I of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA").  Any benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of notes should,
among other  things,  consult  with  experienced  legal  counsel in  determining
whether all required  conditions for such purchase have been satisfied.  Neither
an employee  benefit  plan  subject to ERISA or Section  4975 of the Code nor an
individual   retirement   account  may  purchase  class  B  notes.   See  "ERISA
Considerations"   in  this  prospectus   supplement  and  in  the   accompanying
prospectus.


<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below and in
the  accompanying  prospectus  as well as the  other  investment  considerations
described in such documents as you decide whether to purchase the notes.

You May Not Be Able to Resell
the Notes                               There is currently  no secondary  market
                                        for   the   notes.    The   underwriters
                                        currently  intend  to make a  market  to
                                        enable  resale  of the  notes,  but  are
                                        under no  obligation  to do so. As such,
                                        we cannot  assure  you that a  secondary
                                        market  will  develop for your notes or,
                                        if one does  develop,  that such  market
                                        will  provide  you  with   liquidity  of
                                        investment  or that it will continue for
                                        the life of your notes.

The Notes Are Obligations
of the Trust Only and Are Not
Guaranteed by Any Other Party           The notes are  obligations  of the trust
                                        only and do not represent an interest in
                                        or obligation of the seller, UAC, any of
                                        their  affiliates  or any other party or
                                        governmental   body.   Except   for  the
                                        policy,  the notes have not been insured
                                        or    guaranteed   by   any   party   or
                                        governmental  body.  See  "The  Notes --
                                        Payments   on  the   Notes"  and  "--The
                                        Policy"   and  "The   Insurer"  in  this
                                        prospectus supplement.

The Amount in the Spread Account
May Not Be Sufficient to Assure
Payment of Principal and Interest       If the amount of available  funds on any
                                        payment  date is not  sufficient  to pay
                                        monthly  interest and monthly  principal
                                        (after payment of the monthly  servicing
                                        fee  and  exclusive  of any  accelerated
                                        principal    payments)   to   you,   the
                                        indenture  trustee will  withdraw  funds
                                        from the spread account,  up to the full
                                        balance  of the funds on deposit in such
                                        account.

                                        The  amount  on  deposit  in the  spread
                                        account  may  increase  over  time to an
                                        amount  equal  to  the  required  spread
                                        amount.  We cannot  assure you that such
                                        growth will occur or that the balance in
                                        the  spread   account   will  always  be
                                        sufficient to assure  payment in full of
                                        monthly interest and monthly  principal.
                                        If the  amount on  deposit in the spread
                                        account is reduced to zero (after giving
                                        effect to all deposits  and  withdrawals
                                        from the spread account),  the indenture
                                        trustee will then draw on the policy, up
                                        to the policy amount, in an amount equal
                                        to any remaining shortfall in respect of
                                        monthly  interest and monthly  principal
                                        (exclusive of any accelerated  principal
                                        payments).

You May Incur a Loss If There
Is a Default Under the Policy           If the spread account is reduced to zero
                                        and  the  insurer   defaults  under  the
                                        policy,  the trust will depend solely on
                                        payments  on  and   proceeds   from  the
                                        receivables  to  make  payments  on  the
                                        notes.  The insurer will  default  under
                                        the  policy  if  it  fails  to  pay  any
                                        required  amount to the trust  when due,
                                        for any reason, including the insolvency
                                        of the insurer.

                                        If the  trust  does not have  sufficient
                                        funds   to  fully   make  the   required
                                        payments  to  noteholders  on a  payment
                                        date  during a default  by the  insurer,
                                        payments  on the  notes on such  payment
                                        date will  generally  be  reduced in the
                                        following order:

                                        1.  class B monthly principal,
                                        2.  class B monthly interest,
                                        3.  class A monthly principal, pro rata,
                                            and
                                        4.  class A monthly interest, pro rata.

                                        See    "The    Receivables    Pool    --
                                        Delinquencies  and Net  Losses"  and "--
                                        Delinquency and Credit Loss  Experience"
                                        and  "The  Notes  --   Accounts,"  "  --
                                        Payments  on  the  Notes"  and  "--  The
                                        Policy" in this prospectus supplement.

Some Notes Are More at Risk Than
Others If There Are Losses on
the Receivables                         Principal  will be paid on the  notes in
                                        alpha-numeric order,  beginning with the
                                        class  A-1  notes  and  ending  with the
                                        class B notes,  with certain  exceptions
                                        noted in this  prospectus  supplement if
                                        an  indenture  default  occurs.  Because
                                        payments  of  principal  will be applied
                                        first to the class A-1 notes,  second to
                                        the class A-2 notes,  third to the class
                                        A-3  notes,  fourth  to  the  class  A-4
                                        notes, and finally to the class B notes,
                                        in the event the insurer  defaults under
                                        the  policy  after  the  class A-1 notes
                                        have been fully or partially  repaid and
                                        before  the other  classes of notes have
                                        been   fully   repaid,    delinquencies,
                                        defaults and losses  experienced  on the
                                        receivables       will       have      a
                                        disproportionately greater effect on the
                                        classes of notes which pay  principal to
                                        noteholders later.

Some Payments on the Notes Are
Subordinate to Other Payments on
the Notes                               Interest  due on the  class B  notes  is
                                        subordinate  in  priority  of payment to
                                        interest due on the class A notes,  and,
                                        on the final  maturity  date for a class
                                        of  class A notes  or  after an event of
                                        default  under the  indenture,  interest
                                        due on the class B notes is subordinated
                                        to principal  due on such class A notes.
                                        Principal  due on the  class B notes  is
                                        subordinated  to principal  and interest
                                        due on the class A notes.  Consequently,
                                        after an  insurer  default,  the class B
                                        noteholders   will   not   receive   any
                                        interest  on a  payment  date  until the
                                        full  amount of  interest on the class A
                                        notes due on such  payment date has been
                                        paid, and, if such payment date is on or
                                        after  the  final  maturity  date  for a
                                        class  of  class A notes  or an event of
                                        default under the indenture, the class B
                                        noteholders   will   not   receive   any
                                        interest  until  all  principal  on such
                                        class A notes has been paid in full.  No
                                        principal  will be  paid on the  class B
                                        notes  until each class of class A notes
                                        has been paid in full.

                                        In  the  event  of  a  default   by  the
                                        insurer,  the class B notes will be more
                                        at risk  than the  class A notes  due to
                                        delinquencies,   defaults   and   losses
                                        experienced on the receivables. See "The
                                        Notes --  Payments on the Notes" in this
                                        prospectus supplement.

Noteholders Have a Limited Right
to Declare Indenture Defaults
or Remedies                             The  insurer  is the only party that has
                                        the  right  to  declare   an   indenture
                                        default  and control the remedy for such
                                        default,   unless  the   insurer  is  in
                                        default under the policy,  in which case
                                        the  noteholders  will have  such  right
                                        subject     to     applicable     voting
                                        requirements.

                                        If  an  indenture  default  occurs,  the
                                        insurer    or,   in   certain    limited
                                        circumstances,   the  noteholders,  will
                                        have the right to accelerate the payment
                                        of principal of the notes and, possibly,
                                        to  direct  the  indenture   trustee  to
                                        liquidate the trust property.

                                        Following  an  indenture  default,   the
                                        indenture  trustee and the owner trustee
                                        will continue to submit claims under the
                                        policy  to  enable  the  trust  to  make
                                        payments  to you  each  month.  However,
                                        following  an  indenture  default,   the
                                        insurer  may elect to prepay  all or any
                                        portion of the outstanding  notes,  plus
                                        accrued interest.

A Change in the Note Ratings May
Adversely Affect the Notes              Moody's Investors Service and Standard &
                                        Poor's  Ratings  Services are the rating
                                        agencies  rating the  notes.  The rating
                                        for any class of notes will reflect only
                                        the view of the relevant  rating agency.
                                        We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  such
                                        rating will  continue  for any period of
                                        time  or that  any  rating  will  not be
                                        revised or  withdrawn  entirely  by such
                                        rating   agency  if,  in  its  judgment,
                                        circumstances so warrant.  A revision or
                                        withdrawal  of such  rating  may have an
                                        adverse  effect  on  the  liquidity  and
                                        market price of your notes.  A rating is
                                        not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell or
                                        hold the notes.

<PAGE>

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

         The trust is a  business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of
Delaware under a trust and servicing  agreement between the seller, the servicer
and  the  owner  trustee.  The  trust  was  formed  solely  for the  purpose  of
accomplishing  the transactions  described in this prospectus  supplement.  Upon
formation, the trust will not engage in any business activity other than:

         o        acquiring,  managing and holding the  receivables  and related
                  interests described in this prospectus supplement;

         o        issuing the notes and the certificate;

         o        making  payments  and  distributions  on  the  notes  and  the
                  certificate; and

         o        engaging  in  those   activities,   including   entering  into
                  agreements,  that are  necessary,  suitable or  convenient  to
                  accomplish  the above listed  activities or are  incidental to
                  those activities.

         Pursuant to an indenture  between the trust and the indenture  trustee,
the trust  will grant a security  interest  in the trust  assets in favor of the
indenture  trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the  noteholders  and the
insurer.  The seller  will  transfer  the trust  assets to the owner  trustee in
exchange for the certificate and the cash proceeds of the notes. The seller will
retain the certificate.  UAC will service the receivables  pursuant to the trust
and  servicing  agreement  and  will  receive  compensation  for  acting  as the
servicer.  To  facilitate  servicing and to minimize  administrative  burden and
expense,  the servicer will serve as custodian of the  receivables for the owner
trustee.  However,  the servicer will not stamp the  receivables  to reflect the
sale and assignment of the receivables to the trust or the indenture  trustee or
make any notation of the indenture  trustee's lien on the  certificates of title
of the financed vehicles. In the absence of such notation on the certificates of
title,  the  trust or the  indenture  trustee  may not have  perfected  security
interests in the financed vehicles securing the receivables.  Under the terms of
the trust and servicing  agreement,  UAC may delegate its duties as servicer and
custodian;  however,  any such  delegation will not relieve UAC of its liability
and responsibility with respect to such duties. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The trust  will  establish  a spread  account  for the  benefit  of the
noteholders  and the insurer and will obtain the policy.  The indenture  trustee
will draw on the policy,  up to the policy  amount,  if available  funds and the
amount on  deposit in the  spread  account  (after  paying  amounts  owed to the
servicer) are not sufficient to fully  distribute  monthly  interest and monthly
principal  (exclusive  of any  accelerated  principal  payments).  If the spread
account is reduced to zero and there is a default  under the  policy,  the trust
will look only to the  obligors on the  receivables  and the  proceeds  from the
repossession and sale of financed vehicles that secure defaulted receivables for
payments of interest and principal on the notes. In such event, certain factors,
such as the indenture trustee not having perfected security interests in some of
the  financed  vehicles,  may  affect  the  trust's  ability  to  realize on the
collateral  securing  the  receivables,  and thus may reduce the  proceeds to be
distributed to the noteholders.  See "The Notes -- Accounts," "--Payments on the
Notes" and "--The  Policy" in this  prospectus  supplement  and  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.


<PAGE>

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

         The receivables  were selected from the portfolio of UAFCC for purchase
by the seller according to several criteria, including that each receivable:

         o        has an  original  number  of  payments  of not more  than ____
                  payments and not less than twelve payments;

         o        has a remaining  maturity of not more than ____ months and not
                  less than three months;

         o        provides for level monthly  payments  that fully  amortize the
                  amount financed over the original term; and

         o        has a contract rate of interest  (exclusive of prepaid finance
                  charges) of not less than _____%.

                  The weighted average remaining  maturity of the receivables is
         approximately ____ months as of _________________.

         Approximately  ______%  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
receivables as of _____________ are simple interest  contracts which provide for
equal monthly payments. Approximately ______% of the aggregate principal balance
of the receivables as of ______________ are precomputed  receivables  originated
in the State of _______________. All of such precomputed receivables are rule of
78's receivables.  Approximately  ______% of the aggregate  principal balance of
the  receivables  as  of  _______________________  represent  financing  of  new
vehicles; the remainder of the receivables represent financing of used vehicles.

         Receivables  representing  more  than  10% of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the receivables as of  ____________  were originated in the States of
______________________________.  The  performance  of  the  receivables  in  the
aggregate  could be  adversely  affected in  particular  by the  development  of
adverse economic conditions in such states.

                        Composition of the Receivables by
                Financed Vehicle Type as of ____________________

                                                                      Weighted
                                       Aggregate          Original      Average
                         Number of      Principal         Principal    Contract
                        Receivables      Balance           Balance       Rate

           [TABLE]

                            Weighted     Weighted       Percent
                             Average      Average     of Aggregate
                            Remaining    Original     Principal
                             Term(1)      Term(1)    Balance(2)

           [TABLE]


(1) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the receivables.
(2) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.







               Distribution of the Receivables by Financed Vehicle

                     Model Year as of _____________________

                                      Percent                        Percent
                                     of Total       Aggregate     of Aggregate
   Model           Number of         Number of      Principal      Principal
   Year           Receivables     Receivables(1)    Balance        Balance(1)

                                     [TABLE]









       Distribution of the Receivables by Contract Rate as of May 31, 2000

                                          Percent                     Percent
                                         of Total      Aggregate   of Aggregate
                       Number of         Number of     Principal    Principal
Contract Rate Range   Receivables     Receivables(1)   Balance      Balance(1)





                                     [TABLE]






       Geographic Distribution of the Receivables as of _________________

                                       Percent                        Percent
                                      of Total         Aggregate   of Aggregate
                      Number of       Number of        Principal    Principal
     State (1) (2)   Receivables   Receivables (3)     Balance      Balance (3)



                                     [TABLE]

    Distribution of the Receivables by Remaining Term as of _________________
                                       Percent                         Percent
                                      of Total        Aggregate    of Aggregate
       Remaining    Number of          Number of     Principal      Principal
      Term Range    Receivables     Receivables (1)    Balance      Balance(1)




                                     [TABLE]

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

Delinquencies and Net Losses

         We have set forth below certain information about the experience of UAC
relating to delinquencies  and net losses on the prime fixed rate retail vehicle
receivables  serviced by UAC. We cannot assure you that the  delinquency and net
loss experience of the  receivables  will be comparable to that set forth in the
following tables.

                           Delinquency Experience (1)

                                     [TABLE]




                           Credit Loss Experience (1)

                                     [TABLE]



(5)  Percentages are annualized in "Gross charge-offs as a percentage of average
     servicing  portfolio" and "Net losses as a percentage of average  servicing
     portfolio" for partial years.


<PAGE>

Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience

[Discussion of delinquency  and credit loss  experience  will be provided in the
applicable prospectus supplement.]

         UAC's  expectations  with respect to delinquency and credit loss trends
constitute  forward-looking statements and are subject to important factors that
could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from those  projected by UAC.
Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic factors affecting
obligors'  abilities  to make  timely  payments  on their  indebtedness  such as
employment status, rates of consumer bankruptcy,  consumer debt levels generally
and the  interest  rates  applicable  thereto.  In addition,  credit  losses are
affected by UAC's  ability to realize on  recoveries  of  repossessed  vehicles,
including, but not limited to, the market for used cars at any given time.

                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES

         Information  regarding  certain maturity and prepayment  considerations
about the notes is described under "Weighted  Average Life of the Securities" in
the  accompanying  prospectus.  Because the rate of payment on  principal of the
notes  depends  primarily on the rate of payment of the  receivables  (including
voluntary prepayments, principal in respect of receivables as to which there has
been a default,  principal  in respect of required  repurchases  or purchases of
receivables  by UAC or the servicer,  and the  application  of excess  Available
Funds to pay principal on the notes), final payment on each class of notes could
occur much earlier than the  applicable  final  maturity date. You will bear the
risk of being able to reinvest early  principal  payments on the notes at yields
at least equal to the yield on your notes.

          Prepayments  on  retail  installment  sale  contracts,   such  as  the
receivables,  can be measured  relative to a prepayment  standard or model.  The
model  used in this  prospectus  supplement  is the  Absolute  Prepayment  Model
("ABS").  The ABS model  represents  an assumed  rate of  prepayment  each month
relative to the original  number of receivables in a pool. The ABS model further
assumes that all of the receivables are the same size, amortize at the same rate
and that each  receivable  will be paid as scheduled or will be prepaid in full.
For example, in a pool of receivables  originally containing 100 receivables,  a
1% ABS rate means that one receivable prepays in full each month. The ABS model,
like any prepayment model, does not claim to be either a historical  description
of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment.

         The tables on pages  _____ to _____ have been  prepared on the basis of
certain assumptions, including that:

         o        all  payments on the  receivables  are made on the last day of
                  each month and include 30 days of interest;

         o        payments  on the  class  A-1  notes  are  paid in cash on each
                  payment  date  commencing  _______________  and on the  eighth
                  calendar day of each subsequent month or, if such day is not a
                  business day, on the next business day, in accordance with the
                  description  set forth  under  "The Notes --  Payments  on the
                  Notes";

         o        payments  on the notes other than the class A-1 notes are paid
                  in cash on the eighth calendar day of each month in accordance
                  with the description set forth under "The Notes -- Payments on
                  the Notes";

         o        the closing date will be ___________________;

         o        the first collection  period will be  _______________  through
                  ________________;

         o        the interest rates for the notes are as follows:

                           class A-1 notes           _______%
                           class A-2 notes           _______%
                           class A-3 notes           _______%
                           class A-4 notes           _______%
                           class B notes             _______%

         o        the  insurance  premium  is paid  from  cash  flows  from  the
                  receivables as required under the policy;

         o        the spread account will not earn interest;

         o        no  defaults  or  delinquencies  in the  payment of any of the
                  receivables occur;

         o        no  receivables  are  repurchased  due  to  a  breach  of  any
                  representation or warranty or for any other reason; and

         o        the servicer exercises its rights with respect to the optional
                  purchase of the  receivables on the first payment date that it
                  is entitled to exercise such rights.

The tables indicate the projected  weighted  average life of each class of notes
and set forth the percentage of the initial aggregate  principal balance of each
class of notes that is  projected  to be  outstanding  after each of the payment
dates  shown at  specified  ABS  percentages.  The tables  also  assume that the
receivables have been aggregated into _________  hypothetical  pools with all of
the  receivables  within  each such pool  having the  characteristics  described
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>           <C>                   <C>                    <C>                       <C>

                                                               Weighted Average          Weighted Average
                 Cutoff Date        Weighted Average           Original Term to          Remaining Term to
     Pool     Principal Balance      Note Rate               Maturity (in Months)      Maturity (in Months)

                                                     [TABLE]

</TABLE>


         The   information   included  in  the  following   tables  consists  of
forward-looking statements and involves risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual  results  to  differ   materially  from  those  in  the   forward-looking
statements.  The actual  characteristics and performance of the receivables will
differ from the assumptions  used in  constructing  the tables on pages _____ to
____. We have provided these  hypothetical  illustrations  using the assumptions
listed above to give you a general  illustration of how the aggregate  principal
balance  of the notes may  decline.  However,  it is  highly  unlikely  that the
receivables  will  prepay at a constant  ABS until  maturity  or that all of the
receivables  will prepay at the same ABS.  In  addition,  the  diverse  terms of
receivables  within each of the five hypothetical  pools could produce slower or
faster rates of principal  payments  than  indicated in the table at the various
specified ABS rates. Any difference  between such  hypothetical  assumptions and
the  actual  characteristics,  performance  and  prepayment  experience  of  the
receivables will cause the actual  percentages of the initial principal balances
of the notes  outstanding  over time and the weighted average lives of the notes
to vary from what is illustrated in the tables below.

                  Important notice regarding calculation of the
                 weighted average life and the assumptions upon
               which the tables on pages _____ to ______ are based

                  The  weighted  average  life of a note is  determined  by: (a)
         multiplying the amount of each principal payment on the applicable note
         by the number of years from the  assumed  closing  date to the  related
         payment date,  (b) adding the results,  and (c) dividing the sum by the
         related initial principal amount of such note.

                  The tables on pages ______ to _____ have been  prepared  based
         on (and should be read in conjunction  with) the assumptions  described
         on pages ______ and ______  (including  the  assumptions  regarding the
         characteristics  and performance of the receivables,  which will differ
         from the actual characteristics and performance of the receivables).

         Percent of Initial Note Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)

                                     [TABLE]




                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Monthly  Interest will be  distributed  to  noteholders on each payment
date to the  extent  of the  interest  rate  applicable  to each  class of notes
applied to the aggregate  principal  balance for each class of notes,  as of the
preceding  payment date or the closing date, as applicable  (after giving effect
to payments of  principal on such  preceding  payment  date).  See "The Notes --
Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

         Upon a full or partial  prepayment on a receivable,  noteholders should
receive interest for the full month of such prepayment either:

         (1)      through the distribution of interest paid on the receivables;

         (2)      from a withdrawal from the spread account;

         (3)      by an advance from the servicer; or

         (4)      by a draw on the policy.

         The receivables  will have different  contract rates. The contract rate
on a small percentage of the receivables will not exceed the sum of:

         (1)      the weighted average of the interest rates on the notes;

         (2)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the  insurance  premium
                  paid to the insurer; and

         (3)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the  monthly  servicing
                  fee.

         Disproportionate  rates of prepayments  between receivables with higher
and lower  contract  rates could  affect the ability of the trust to pay Monthly
Interest to you.

                                    THE NOTES

         The notes will be issued by the trust  pursuant to the  indenture,  and
the certificate  will be issued  pursuant to the trust and servicing  agreement.
You may request a copy of these agreements  (without exhibits) by contacting the
servicer  at the  address  set forth  under  "Reports  to  Noteholders"  in this
prospectus  supplement.  We do not claim that the following summary is complete.
For a more detailed description of the agreements, you should read the indenture
and the trust and servicing agreement.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

         We have described (1) the conveyance of the  receivables  from UAFCC to
the seller pursuant to a purchase agreement among UAFCC, UAC and the seller, (2)
the conveyance of the  receivables  from the seller to the trust pursuant to the
trust and servicing  agreement,  and (3) the grant of a security interest in the
receivables from the trust to the indenture trustee pursuant to the indenture in
the accompanying  prospectus under the heading  "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

Accounts

         In addition to the collection  account,  the property of the trust will
include the spread account and the payahead account.

         Spread  Account.  On the  closing  date,  the  indenture  trustee  will
establish the spread account for the benefit of the noteholders and the insurer.
The amount held in the spread  account will  increase up to the required  spread
amount by the deposit of payments on the  receivables  not used to make payments
to the noteholders,  the insurer and the servicer for the monthly  servicing fee
and any permitted  reimbursements  of outstanding  advances on any payment date.
Although we intend for the amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over
time to equal the required spread amount through monthly  deposits of any excess
collections  on the  receivables,  we cannot  assure you that such  growth  will
actually  occur.  On each  payment  date,  any  amounts on deposit in the spread
account after the payment of any amounts owed to the noteholders and the insurer
in  excess  of  the  required   spread  amount  will  be   distributed   to  the
certificateholder.

         Under the terms of the indenture,  the indenture  trustee will withdraw
funds from the spread account, up to the amount on deposit in such account,  and
transfer such funds to the collection  account for any deficiency of the monthly
servicing fee, Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal, as further described below
under "-- Payments on the Notes," prior to making any draw on the policy.

         In the event that the balance of the spread  account is reduced to zero
and there is a default  under the  policy on any  payment  date,  the trust will
depend solely on current  distributions  on the  receivables to make payments of
principal  and interest on the notes.  In addition,  because the market value of
motor vehicles  generally declines with age and because of difficulties that may
be  encountered  in  enforcing  motor  vehicle  contracts  as  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the
servicer may not recover the entire amount due on such  receivables in the event
of a  repossession  and resale of a financed  vehicle  securing a receivable  in
default.  In such event, the class B noteholders may suffer a corresponding loss
up to the extent of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the class B notes at
such  time.  Any  remaining  losses  will  be  borne  pro  rata  by the  class A
noteholders (based upon the then relative outstanding  principal balance of each
class of class A notes).

         Payahead Account. The servicer will establish a payahead account in the
name of the indenture  trustee on behalf of obligors on the  receivables and the
noteholders.  The  payahead  account  will  initially  be  maintained  with  the
indenture trustee. To the extent required by the trust and servicing  agreement,
early  payments by or on behalf of obligors on precomputed  receivables  will be
deposited in the payahead  account  until such time as the payment  becomes due.
Until such time as payments are  transferred  from the  payahead  account to the
collection  account,  they will not constitute  collected  interest or collected
principal and will not be available for payment to noteholders.  We will pay the
interest  earned on the balance in the  payahead  account to the  servicer  each
month. We will apply collections  received on a precomputed  receivable during a
collection  period first to any overdue  scheduled  payment on such  receivable,
then to the scheduled payment on such receivable due in such collection  period.
If the amount collected on a precomputed  receivable exceeds the amount required
for any overdue scheduled payment or scheduled  payment,  but is insufficient to
prepay  the   precomputed   receivable  in  full,  then  generally  such  excess
collections  will be transferred to and kept in the payahead  account until such
amount  may be applied  either to a later  scheduled  payment or to prepay  such
receivable in full.

Advances

         With respect to each receivable delinquent more than 30 days at the end
of a collection  period, the servicer will make an advance in an amount equal to
30 days of interest,  but only if the servicer, in its sole discretion,  expects
to recover  the advance  from  subsequent  collections  on the  receivable.  The
servicer  will  deposit the advance in the  collection  account on or before the
second  business  day before the payment  date.  The  servicer  will recover its
advance (1) from subsequent  payments by or on behalf of the respective obligor,
(2) from  insurance  proceeds,  or (3) upon the  servicer's  determination  that
reimbursement from the preceding sources is unlikely,  from any collections made
on other receivables.

Payments on the Notes

         Available  Funds.  The servicer will deposit in the collection  account
the  aggregate  principal  and  interest  payments,  including  full and partial
prepayments (except certain prepayments in respect of precomputed receivables as
described above under "--Accounts")  received on all receivables with respect to
the preceding  collection  period.  The funds available for  distribution on the
next payment date ("Available Funds") will consist of:

         o        all  payments  on the  simple  interest  receivables  received
                  during the related collection period;

         o        the scheduled  payments  received from obligors on precomputed
                  receivables;

         o        interest earned on funds on deposit in the collection account;

         o        the net amount to be transferred  from the payahead account to
                  the collection account for the related payment date;

         o        all advances for such collection period; and

         o        the purchase amount for all receivables that were purchased or
                  repurchased  by UAC  or  the  servicer  during  the  preceding
                  collection period.

         As an  administrative  convenience,  the servicer  will be permitted to
make the deposit of collections and aggregate  advances and purchase amounts for
or with respect to the collection  period net of distributions to be made to the
servicer  with  respect to the  collection  period  (as  described  below).  The
servicer,  however, will account to the indenture trustee and to the noteholders
as if all deposits and distributions were made individually.

         The  servicer  will  determine  the amount of funds  necessary  to make
payments of Monthly  Principal and Monthly  Interest to the holders of the notes
and to pay the monthly  servicing fee to the servicer.  If there is a deficiency
with respect to Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal on any payment date, after
giving   effect  to  payments  of  the  monthly   servicing  fee  and  permitted
reimbursements of outstanding  advances to the servicer on such payment date, or
if there is a deficiency with respect to the monthly servicing fee, the servicer
will direct the indenture  trustee to withdraw  amounts from the spread account,
up to the amount on deposit in such  account.  If there  remains a deficiency of
Monthly  Interest,  Monthly  Principal or the monthly servicing fee after such a
withdrawal,  the servicer  will notify the  indenture  trustee of the  remaining
deficiency,  and the indenture trustee will draw on the policy, up to the Policy
Amount, to pay Monthly Interest,  Monthly  Principal,  and the monthly servicing
fee. Additionally,  if the Available Funds for a payment date are not sufficient
to pay current and past due  insurance  premiums  and other  amounts owed to the
insurer  pursuant to the insurance  and  reimbursement  agreement,  plus accrued
interest  thereon,  the servicer will notify the indenture trustee and the owner
trustee of such  deficiency.  The amount,  if any, then on deposit in the spread
account (after giving effect to any withdrawal to satisfy a deficiency described
in this and the preceding sentences) will be available to cover such deficiency.

         Payments.  On each  payment  date  (unless  there  has been an event of
default under the indenture), the indenture trustee will use the Available Funds
(plus any amounts  withdrawn from the spread account or drawn on the policy,  as
applicable) to make the following payments in the following priority:

         (a)      without  duplication,  an  amount  equal to the sum of (1) the
                  amount of outstanding  advances in respect of receivables that
                  became  defaulted  receivables  during  the  prior  collection
                  period plus (2) the amount of outstanding  advances in respect
                  of   receivables   that   the   servicer   determines   to  be
                  unrecoverable, to the servicer;

         (b)      the monthly  servicing  fee,  including  any  overdue  monthly
                  servicing  fee, to the servicer,  to the extent not previously
                  distributed to the servicer;

         (c)      Class A Monthly  Interest  (including any overdue  amounts) to
                  the class A noteholders;

         (d)      Class B Monthly  Interest  (including any overdue  amounts) to
                  the class B noteholders;  provided that if the payment date is
                  the final maturity date for a class of class A notes, payments
                  of Class B Monthly Interest to the class B noteholders will be
                  subordinated  to payments of Monthly  Principal to the holders
                  of such class A notes;

         (e)      Monthly Principal (including any overdue amounts) to the class
                  A  noteholders,  in  accordance  with  the  Principal  Payment
                  Sequence;

         (f)      Monthly Principal (including any overdue amounts) to the class
                  B  noteholders,  in  accordance  with  the  Principal  Payment
                  Sequence;

         (g)      the insurance  premium including any overdue insurance premium
                  plus any accrued interest to the insurer;

         (h)      the amount of  recoveries  of  advances  (to the  extent  such
                  recoveries have not previously been reimbursed to the servicer
                  pursuant to clause (a) above), to the servicer;

         (i)      the aggregate amount of any  unreimbursed  draws on the policy
                  payable to the insurer under the  insurance and  reimbursement
                  agreement  for Monthly  Interest,  Monthly  Principal  and any
                  other  amounts  owing to the insurer  under the  insurance and
                  reimbursement agreement plus accrued interest thereon;

         (j)      the amount,  if any, which is necessary to increase the amount
                  on deposit in the spread account to the amount required by the
                  insurer, into the spread account;

         (k)      to the extent of remaining Available Funds, the unpaid amount,
                  if any,  of the  Accelerated  Principal  Payment in respect of
                  principal on the notes to the  noteholders in accordance  with
                  the Principal Payment Sequence; and

         (l)      the balance into the spread account.

         After all payments and deposits  have been made for each payment  date,
the servicer will determine the amount of funds  remaining in the spread account
on such date.  If the funds in the spread  account  exceed the  required  spread
amount,  the  indenture  trustee  will  distribute  any such excess to the owner
trustee for distribution to the certificateholder or will distribute such excess
directly  to  the   certificateholder.   Any  amounts  so   distributed  to  the
certificateholder  will no  longer  be  property  of the  trust  and will not be
available to make payments to you.

         Accelerated  Payments  Following  Indenture  Default.  If the notes are
accelerated following an indenture default, amounts collected will be applied in
the following priority:

         (a)      first, to pay any unpaid monthly servicing fee and outstanding
                  advances to the servicer;

         (b)      second,  to pay any accrued  and unpaid fees of the  indenture
                  trustee and the owner trustee  without  preference or priority
                  of any kind;

         (c)      third, to pay accrued  interest on each class of class A notes
                  on a pro rata basis based on the interest  accrued  (including
                  interest  accrued on past due interest) on each class of class
                  A notes;

         (d)      fourth,  to pay principal on each class of class A notes, on a
                  pro rata basis  based on the  aggregate  principal  balance of
                  each  class of class A notes,  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of each class of class A notes is reduced to zero;

         (e)      fifth, to pay accrued interest on the class B notes (including
                  accrued interest on past due interest);

         (f)      sixth,  to pay  principal  on the  class  B  notes  until  the
                  aggregate principal balance of the class B notes is reduced to
                  zero;

         (g)      seventh,  to pay amounts owing the insurer under the insurance
                  and reimbursement agreement; and

         (h)      eighth,  to the spread  account,  to be applied in  accordance
                  with the indenture.

         Definitions.  The following defined terms are used in this "Payments on
the Notes" section.

         "Monthly  Principal"  for any  payment  date will  equal the sum of the
following:

         1.       the  amount by which the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  receivables  pool  declined  during  the  related   collection
                  period; and

         2.       the  additional  amount,  if any, which is necessary to reduce
                  the principal balance of a class of notes to zero on its final
                  maturity date.

         If there is a shortfall  in  Available  Funds  (together  with  amounts
withdrawn  from the spread  account  and/or  drawn on the policy) on any payment
date, the amount of Monthly  Principal  otherwise payable to noteholders will be
reduced by the lesser of: (1) the amount of such shortfall or (2) the amount, if
any, by which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the notes as of the
preceding payment date (after giving effect to all payments of principal on such
date) was less than the aggregate  principal  balance of the receivables pool as
of the end of the related  collection  period.  For the  purpose of  determining
Monthly Principal,  the unpaid principal balance of a defaulted  receivable or a
receivable  required to be purchased or  repurchased by UAC or the servicer will
be zero as of the end of the collection period in which such receivable became a
defaulted  receivable  or a  purchased  receivable.  In no  event  will  Monthly
Principal exceed the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the notes.

         A defaulted  receivable for any collection period is a receivable as to
which  the  earliest  to occur of any of the  following  has  occurred:  (1) any
payment,  or part thereof, in excess of $10 is 120 days or more delinquent as of
the last day of such collection  period;  (2) the financed  vehicle that secures
the receivable has been  repossessed;  or (3) the receivable has been determined
to be uncollectable in accordance with the servicer's  customary practices on or
prior to the last day of such collection  period;  provided,  however,  that any
receivable  which the seller or the  servicer  is  obligated  to  repurchase  or
purchase pursuant to the trust and servicing agreement shall be deemed not to be
a defaulted receivable.

         "Accelerated  Principal  Payment"  means,  for any payment date,  after
giving  effect to all  payments of interest  and  principal  to the  noteholders
(other than any Accelerated  Principal  Payment),  an amount equal to the amount
necessary  to reduce the  aggregate  principal  balances  of the notes below the
aggregate principal balance of the receivables pool as of the end of the related
collection period until the aggregate  principal balance of the receivables pool
exceeds  the  aggregate  principal  balance of the notes by ____% of the initial
aggregate principal balance of notes or $___________________.

         "Monthly  Interest"  for any payment date will equal the sum of Class A
Monthly  Interest  and Class B Monthly  Interest  for such  payment date and the
related collection period.

         "Class A Monthly  Interest"  means,  for any payment  date,  the sum of
Class A-1  Monthly  Interest,  Class A-2  Monthly  Interest,  Class A-3  Monthly
Interest and Class A-4 Monthly Interest.

         "Class A-1 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the class A-1
                           interest rate,

                  (b)      the  actual  number  of days  from the  closing  date
                           through the day before the first payment date, and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-1
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the class A-1
                           interest rate,

                  (b)      the actual  number of days from the previous  payment
                           date through the day before the related payment date,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-1
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any distribution of principal
                           made on such payment date).

         "Class A-2 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-2 interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-2
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-2 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-2
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any distribution of principal
                           made on such payment date).

         "Class A-3 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-3 interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-3
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-3 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-3
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any distribution of principal
                           made on such payment date).

         "Class A-4 Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-4 interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-4
                           notes on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class A-4 interest rate, and

                  (b)      the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class A-4
                           notes as of the  immediately  preceding  payment date
                           (after giving effect to any distribution of principal
                           made on such payment date).

         "Class B Monthly Interest" means:

         (1)      for the first payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class B interest rate,

                  (b)      the number of days from the  closing  date  (assuming
                           the month of the  closing  date has 30 days)  through
                           the day before the first payment date, divided by 30,
                           and

                  (c)      the aggregate  principal balance of the class B notes
                           on the closing date; and

         (2)      for any subsequent payment date, the product of the following:

                  (a)      one-twelfth of the class B interest rate, and

                  (b)      the aggregate  principal balance of the class B notes
                           as of the immediately  preceding  payment date (after
                           giving effect to any  distribution  of principal made
                           on such payment date).

         "Principal Payment Sequence" means the order in which Monthly Principal
and the Accelerated Principal Payment will be distributed among the noteholders.
The order of  distribution of Monthly  Principal and the  Accelerated  Principal
Payment is:

         (1)      to the class A-1  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-1 notes has been reduced to zero;

         (2)      to the class A-2  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-2 notes has been reduced to zero;

         (3)      to the class A-3  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-3 notes has been reduced to zero;

         (4)      to the class A-4  noteholders  until the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class A-4 notes has been reduced to zero; and

         (5)      to the  class B  noteholders  until  the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the class B notes has been reduced to zero.

However,  if the amount of Available Funds (together with amounts withdrawn from
the spread  account  and/or drawn on the policy) are not  sufficient  to pay the
required  payment of Monthly  Principal  to class A  noteholders  in full on any
payment  date,  the  amount  of such  funds  available  to pay  Class A  Monthly
Principal to class A  noteholders  will be  distributed  pro rata to the class A
noteholders based upon the relative aggregate principal balance of each class of
class A notes.

         Example of Payment Date  Activities.  The following chart sets forth an
example of the application of the foregoing provisions to the first payment date
on _________________:

___________________.....................Collection Period. The collection period
                                        for each  payment  date is the  calendar
                                        month  preceding the payment  date.  The
                                        servicer   receives  monthly   payments,
                                        prepayments,   and  other   proceeds  in
                                        respect of the  receivables and deposits
                                        them  in  the  collection  account.  The
                                        servicer    may   deduct   the   monthly
                                        servicing fee from such deposits.

___________________.....................Determination  Date.  The  determination
                                        date is the second  business  day before
                                        the  payment  date.  On or  before  this
                                        date,   the   servicer    delivers   the
                                        servicer's certificate setting forth the
                                        amounts to be distributed on the payment
                                        date    and   the    amounts    of   any
                                        deficiencies.    If    necessary,    the
                                        indenture  trustee  notifies the insurer
                                        of any draws in respect of the policy.

___________________.....................Record  Date.  The  record  date  is the
                                        business  day before the  payment  date.
                                        Payments on the payment date are made to
                                        noteholders  of  record  at the close of
                                        business on this date.

___________________.....................Payment  Date.  The payment  date is the
                                        eighth  calendar day of the month, or if
                                        such  day is  not a  business  day,  the
                                        first  business  day   thereafter.   The
                                        indenture  trustee  withdraws funds from
                                        the    collection    account   and,   as
                                        necessary,  from the spread  account and
                                        then draws on the policy,  if necessary,
                                        to   pay   Monthly   Interest,   Monthly
                                        Principal   and,  if   applicable,   the
                                        Accelerated  Principal  Payment,  to the
                                        noteholders   as   described   in   this
                                        prospectus  supplement.   The  indenture
                                        trustee  distributes  Monthly  Interest,
                                        Monthly  Principal,  and, if applicable,
                                        the Accelerated  Principal  Payment,  to
                                        the   noteholders,   pays  the   monthly
                                        servicing   fee   to  the   extent   not
                                        previously  paid and pays the  insurance
                                        premium and all other  amounts  owing to
                                        the insurer.

Distributions on the Certificate

         The certificate  will be in the form of a trust  certificate  initially
issued to the seller and will  entitle  the seller to receive  all funds held in
the spread account in excess of the required  spread amount on each payment date
after  payment of all amounts  owed to the  noteholders,  the  servicer  and the
insurer.  On or after the  termination of the trust,  the  certificateholder  is
entitled to receive any amounts  remaining in the spread account (only after all
required  payments to the  insurer  are made) after the payment of expenses  and
payments to the  noteholders.  See "--  Accounts" and "-- Payments on the Notes"
above.

The Policy

         On or before the closing date, the seller,  the trust,  UAFCC,  UAC, in
its  individual  capacity and as  servicer,  and the insurer will enter into the
insurance and reimbursement  agreement  pursuant to which the insurer will issue
an unconditional and irrevocable  insurance policy.  Subject to the terms of the
policy,  the insurer will  guarantee the payment of the monthly  servicing  fee,
monthly interest and monthly principal up to the policy amount.  Under the terms
of the  indenture,  after  withdrawal of any amounts in the spread  account with
respect to a payment  date to pay a  deficiency  in monthly  interest or monthly
principal,  the  indenture  trustee will be authorized to draw on the policy for
the benefit of the noteholders and credit the collection  account for such draws
as described above under "--Payments on the Notes."

         The  maximum  amount  that may be drawn under the policy on any payment
date is limited to the policy  amount for such payment  date.  The policy amount
with respect to any payment date will equal:

         (a) the sum of:

              (1) the monthly servicing fee;

              (2) Monthly Interest;

              (3) the lesser of (a) the outstanding  aggregate principal balance
                  of all classes of notes on such  payment  date  (after  giving
                  effect to any  distributions  of available funds and any funds
                  withdrawn from the spread account to pay monthly  principal on
                  such  payment  date) and (b) the initial  aggregate  principal
                  balances  of the notes minus all  amounts  withdrawn  from the
                  spread  account  or  drawn  on  the  policy  with  respect  to
                  principal;

              less:

         (b)  all amounts on deposit in the spread  account on such payment date
              (after  giving  effect to any  amounts  withdrawn  from the spread
              account on such date).

         The policy  will also cover any amount  paid or  required to be paid by
the trust to noteholders that is sought to be recovered as a voidable preference
by a trustee in  bankruptcy  of UAC, the seller or UAFCC  pursuant to the United
States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.),  as amended from time to time, in accordance
with a final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

         The  insurer  will be entitled  to receive  the  insurance  premium and
certain other amounts on each payment date as described under "--Payments on the
Notes" and to  receive  certain  amounts  on  deposit  in the spread  account as
described  above under  "--Accounts."  Generally,  the  insurance  premium for a
payment date will be the product of one-three hundred sixtieth  (1/360th) of the
policy  per  annum  fee rate (as set forth in the  insurance  and  reimbursement
agreement),  the actual days elapsed and the aggregate principal balances of the
notes as of the  preceding  payment date (after giving effect to all payments of
principal on such date).  The insurer will not be entitled to  reimbursement  of
any amounts from the noteholders.  The insurer's  obligation under the policy is
irrevocable  and  unconditional.  The  insurer  will have no  obligation  to the
noteholders  or the  indenture  trustee  other  than its  obligations  under the
policy.

         If the  balance in the spread  account is reduced to zero and there has
been a default  under  the  policy,  the trust  will  depend  solely on  current
collections on the receivables to make payments of principal and interest on the
notes.  In  addition,  because  the  market  value of motor  vehicles  generally
declines  with  age and  because  of  difficulties  that may be  encountered  in
enforcing motor vehicle  contracts as described in the  accompanying  prospectus
under "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the servicer may not recover
the entire amount due on such  receivables  in the event of a  repossession  and
resale of a financed  vehicle  securing a receivable in default.  In such event,
first, the class B noteholders and second,  the class A noteholders may suffer a
corresponding loss. Any such losses of the class A noteholders will be borne pro
rata based upon the relative  principal  balances of the outstanding  classes of
class A notes. See " -- Payments on the Notes" above.

Default under the Indenture

         If one of the events of default  under the  indenture  described in the
accompanying  prospectus  occurs,  either  the  insurer  or in  certain  limited
circumstances,  the  noteholders may declare an indenture  default.  The insurer
will  control  the remedy for an  indenture  default,  unless the  insurer is in
default under the policy, in which case the noteholders will control the remedy.
The party who declares the indenture  default may give notice and accelerate the
payment of principal  in respect of the notes,  declaring  the  principal on the
notes  immediately  due and payable.  The rights and remedies of the insurer and
the  noteholders  may  include  the right to direct  the  indenture  trustee  to
liquidate  the property of the trust.  See "Risk Factors --  Noteholders  Have a
Limited  Right to Declare  Indenture  Defaults or Remedies"  in this  prospectus
supplement   and  "The   Indenture  --  Default  under  the  Indenture"  in  the
accompanying prospectus.

Rights of the Insurer upon Servicer Default, Amendment or Waiver

         Upon the  occurrence  of an event of default by the servicer  under the
trust and  servicing  agreement,  the  insurer,  or the owner  trustee  upon the
consent of the  insurer,  will be entitled to appoint a successor  servicer.  In
addition  to the events  constituting  a servicer  default as  described  in the
accompanying prospectus,  the trust and servicing agreement will also permit the
insurer to appoint a successor  servicer and to redirect payments made under the
receivables to the indenture  trustee upon the occurrence of certain  additional
events  involving a failure of performance by the servicer,  a breach of certain
financial covenants of the servicer or a material  misrepresentation made by the
servicer under the insurance and reimbursement agreement.

         The trust and servicing  agreement  cannot be amended or any provisions
thereof  waived  without the consent of the insurer if such  amendment or waiver
would have a materially adverse effect upon the rights of the insurer.

                               THE SELLER AND UAC

         UAC  currently  acquires   receivables  from  over  4,600  manufacturer
franchised  automobile  dealerships in 38 states. UAC is an Indiana corporation,
formed in December  1993 by UAC's  predecessor,  Union  Federal  Savings Bank of
Indianapolis,  to  succeed  to the  predecessor's  indirect  automobile  finance
business,  which the predecessor  had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing
and  originating  receivables in April 1994. For the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996,  1997,  1998,  and  1999,  UAC  and/or  its  predecessor   acquired  prime
receivables  aggregating  $995  million,  $1.1  billion,  $945  million and $1.4
billion, respectively, representing an annual increase of 8%, an annual decrease
of 12%, and an annual increase of 53%,  respectively.  Of the approximately $2.5
billion of  receivables  in the servicing  portfolio of UAC  (consisting  of the
principal  balance of receivables held for sale and securitized  receivables) at
June 30, 1999,  approximately  74.43%  represented  receivables on used cars and
approximately  25.57%  represented  receivables  on new  cars.  The  seller is a
wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiary of UAC.

                                   THE INSURER

         [Information  about the  applicable  insurer  will be  provided  in the
related prospectus supplement.]

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         Unless and until  definitive  notes are issued  (which  will occur only
under the  limited  circumstances  described  in the  accompanying  prospectus),
_________________,  as  indenture  trustee,  will  provide  monthly  and  annual
statements  concerning the trust and the notes to Cede & Co., the nominee of The
Depository  Trust Company,  as registered  holder of the notes.  Such statements
will not constitute  financial  statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  A copy of the most  recent  monthly or annual
statement  concerning  the trust and the notes may be obtained by contacting the
servicer  at  Union  Acceptance   Corporation,   250  North  Shadeland   Avenue,
Indianapolis, Indiana 46219 (telephone (317) 231-2717).

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

         Set forth below is a summary of certain  United States  federal  income
tax  considerations  relevant to the  beneficial  owner of a note that holds the
note as a capital asset and, unless otherwise  indicated below, is a U.S. Person
(as  defined in the  accompanying  prospectus).  This  summary  does not address
special tax rules which may apply to certain types of  investors,  and investors
that hold notes as part of an integrated  investment.  This summary  supplements
the  discussion  contained  in the  accompanying  prospectus  under the  heading
"Federal Income Tax  Consequences," and supersedes that discussion to the extent
that the two discussions  are not consistent.  The authorities on which we based
this discussion are subject to change or differing interpretations, and any such
change or interpretation could apply retroactively. This discussion reflects the
applicable  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code"), as well as regulations  promulgated by the U.S. Department of Treasury.
You should  consult your own tax  advisors in  determining  the federal,  state,
local and any other tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition
of the notes.

         Characterization  of the  Notes.  There are no  regulations,  published
rulings or judicial decisions addressing the characterization for federal income
tax purposes of securities with terms that are  substantially  the same as those
of the notes.  A basic premise of United States  federal  income tax law is that
the economic  substance of a transaction  generally  will  determine the federal
income tax consequences of such  transaction.  The  determination of whether the
economic  substance  of a loan  secured by an  interest in property is instead a
sale of a beneficial  ownership  interest in such  property has been made by the
Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS") and the courts on the basis of numerous
factors  designed  to  determine  whether  the trust has  relinquished  (and the
investor has  obtained)  substantial  incidents  of ownership in such  property.
Among those factors,  the primary factors  examined are whether the investor has
the opportunity to gain if the property  increases in value, and has the risk of
loss if the  property  decreases  in  value.  Based  on an  assessment  of these
factors, in the opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, special tax counsel to
the seller,  (i) the class A notes will be treated as  indebtedness  for federal
income tax purposes and not as an ownership  interest in the  receivables  or an
equity interest in the trust and (ii) the class B notes may either be treated as
indebtedness  or as an  equity  interest  in the trust for  federal  income  tax
purposes. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying  prospectus.
Except as set forth below under "--Alternative  Treatment of the Class B Notes,"
the  remainder  of this  discussion  assumes that the class B notes are debt for
federal income tax purposes.  Prospective investors should consult their own tax
advisors as to the characterization of the class B notes.

         Classification of the Trust. In the opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham &
Taft,  special tax  counsel to the  seller,  the trust will not be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation for federal income tax purposes, but rather will be disregarded as
a separate  entity and treated as a mere security  device when there is a single
beneficial owner of the trust, or will be treated as a domestic partnership when
there are two or more beneficial owners of the trust,  including the case if the
class B notes are treated as equity interests in the trust.

Discount and Premium

         For federal income tax reporting  purposes,  it is anticipated that the
notes will not be treated as having been issued with  original  issue  discount.
The prepayment  assumption  that will be used in determining the rate of accrual
of original  issue  discount and of market  discount  and  premium,  if any, for
federal income tax purposes will be based on the assumption  that  subsequent to
the date of any  determination the receivables will prepay at ________% ABS, and
there  will be no  extensions  of  maturity  for  any  receivable.  However,  no
representation  is made as to the rate,  if any, at which the  receivables  will
prepay.

         The IRS has issued regulations under Sections 1271 and 1275 of the Code
generally  addressing  the  treatment of debt  instruments  issued with original
issue discount.  The original issue discount  regulations and Section 1272(a)(6)
of the Code do not adequately  address  certain  issues  relevant to, or are not
applicable to, securities such as the notes. Prospective purchasers of the notes
are advised to consult with their tax advisors  concerning  the tax treatment of
such notes.

         Certain  classes of the notes may be  treated  for  federal  income tax
purposes as having been issued at a premium.  Whether any holder of such a class
of notes will be treated as holding  notes with  amortizable  bond  premium will
depend on such noteholder's purchase price and the payments remaining to be made
on such  note at the time of its  acquisition  by such  noteholder.  You  should
consult your own tax advisors regarding the possibility of making an election to
amortize such premium on such classes of notes.

Gain or Loss on Disposition

         If you  sell a note,  you  must  recognize  gain or loss  equal  to the
difference  between the amount realized from the sale and your adjusted basis in
such  note.  The  adjusted  basis  generally  will equal your cost of such note,
increased by any original issue discount  included in your ordinary gross income
with respect to the note and reduced (but not below zero) by any payments on the
note previously received or accrued by you (other than qualified stated interest
payments) and any amortizable premium.  Similarly,  when you receive a principal
payment with  respect to a note,  you will  recognize  gain or loss equal to the
difference  between the amount of the payment and the allocable  portion of your
adjusted  basis in the note.  Such gain or loss will  generally  be a  long-term
capital gain or loss if you held the note for more than one year.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

         Payments of  interest  and  principal,  as well as payments of proceeds
from the sale of notes,  may be subject to the  "backup  withholding  tax" under
Section  3406 of the Code at a rate of 31% if you fail to  furnish  to the trust
certain information, including your taxpayer identification number, or otherwise
fail to establish an exemption from such tax. Any amounts  deducted and withheld
from a payment  should be allowed as a credit  against your federal  income tax.
Furthermore,  certain  penalties  may be  imposed by the IRS on a  recipient  of
payments that is required to supply  information  but that does not do so in the
proper manner.

         We will report to noteholders and to the IRS for each calendar year the
amount of any  "reportable  payments"  during  such  year and the  amount of tax
withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the notes.

Withholding Regulations Effective December 31, 2000

         On October 6, 1997, the Treasury  Department  issued  regulations which
make  certain  modifications  to the  withholding  rules for  investors  who are
Non-U.S.  Persons (as  defined in the  accompanying  prospectus)  and the backup
withholding and information  reporting  rules described  above.  The regulations
attempt to unify certification  requirements and modify reliance standards. Such
regulations  will  generally be effective for payments  made after  December 31,
2000, subject to certain transition rules. Non-U.S. Persons are urged to consult
their  tax  advisors  regarding  the  effect  of  these  regulations.   See  "--
Alternative  Treatment  of the Class B Notes"  below,  concerning  the  possible
application  of  withholding  tax with respect to class B notes held by Non-U.S.
Persons.

Alternative Treatment of the Class B Notes

         If the class B notes  were  treated as equity  (partnership)  interests
rather than indebtedness,  while the aggregate amount of income reportable by an
investor  should  not  differ  over the life of the  obligation,  the timing and
character  of such  income  could  differ  significantly.  It is  possible  that
payments on the class B notes would be treated as  "guaranteed  payments"  under
the Code to the extent of the amount of interest and any discount accrued, and a
return of capital as to any excess. To the extent payments are so characterized,
a class B noteholder who is a U.S. Person would be subject to federal income tax
in substantially the same manner, except for timing and income  characterization
differences, as if the class B notes were treated as debt.

         If  a  class  B   noteholder's   ownership  of  a  class  B  note  were
characterized  as an equity  interest but  payments  thereon were not treated as
"guaranteed payments",  it is unclear how its distributable share of partnership
income would be calculated. In such event, a class B noteholder may be allocated
a share of net income of the  partnership  equal to the amount of  interest  and
discount income that accrued on the class B notes for the applicable  period.  A
class B noteholder  would be subject to federal income taxes on such income even
though  it may  not  have  received  an  equivalent  amount  of  cash  from  the
partnership,  for  example,  because of defaults or  delinquencies  on the trust
assets. The  characterization  of an item of income or loss (e.g., as dividends,
as interest,  as rental income or as capital gain or loss as opposed to ordinary
income or loss) would  usually be the same for the class B  noteholder  as it is
for the partnership.

         It is not  known  whether  any  of the  receivables  were  issued  with
original issue discount  greater than a de minimis amount.  If any of such trust
assets were in fact issued at greater than de minimis  discount or are otherwise
treated as issued with original issue  discount under the Treasury  regulations,
an amount of income  will be  imputed  to the trust  with  respect to such trust
assets.  In general,  aggregate amount of original issue discount imputed to the
trust with  respect to each such trust  asset will be the excess of the  "stated
redemption  price at maturity" of such asset over its original issue price.  The
trust would have to include  original  issue discount in income as interest over
the term of the respective trust asset possessing  original issue discount under
a constant yield method. In general, original issue discount must be included in
income in advance of the receipt of cash  representing that income. As indicated
above,  if the class B notes were treated as equity,  class B noteholders may be
allocated  items  of  income  of the  trust  in the  event  that  such  class  B
noteholder's  income is not treated as  "guaranteed  payments".  Such  allocated
income  would  include any  original  issue  discount  determined  to exist with
respect to any of the trust assets.  Each class B noteholder  should consult its
own tax adviser  regarding the impact the original  issue  discount  rules would
have as applied to the trust and to such class B noteholders.  Some  receivables
may not have been issued with original issue  discount,  but,  rather,  may have
been issued with  "unstated  interest" as  determined  under  Section 483 of the
Code. In this event,  such unstated interest will be treated in a manner similar
to original issue discount.

         Moreover,  the purchase price paid by the trust for  receivables may be
greater or less than the remaining  principal  balance of the receivables at the
time of purchase.  If so, such trust assets will have been acquired at a premium
or discount,  as the case may be.  Accordingly,  in a manner similar to original
issue  discount,  if the  class  B  notes  were  treated  as  equity,  a class B
noteholder may be allocated a portion of such market  discount income or premium
amortization in the event that such class B noteholder's income were not treated
as  "guaranteed  payments".  Each class B noteholder  should consult its own tax
adviser regarding the impact the market discount and premium rules would have as
applied to the trust and to such class B noteholder.

         If the class B notes were treated as equity, a class B noteholder would
not be able to deduct  its share of losses on the trust  assets  (to the  extent
otherwise deductible under the Code) to the extent that such losses exceeded its
adjusted  basis  in its  partnership  interest  (i.e.,  the  class B  note).  In
addition,  class B  noteholders  who are  individuals  or certain  closely  held
corporations (and certain other taxpayers) would be subject to other limitations
on losses or  deductions  including  the at risk  limitations,  the passive loss
rules, the limitation on the deduction of investment interest, the limitation on
deduction of  non-business  bad debts,  and the  limitation  on the deduction of
certain miscellaneous itemized non-trade or business expenses to the extent they
do not, in the aggregate,  exceed two percent of the  taxpayer's  adjusted gross
income.  Such taxpayers should consult their tax advisor  concerning the various
limitations  on losses that may be applicable to an investment in a class B note
treated as equity.

         If the class B notes were  treated  as equity,  all or a portion of any
taxable  income   allocated  to  a  class  B  noteholder   that  is  a  pension,
profit-sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity (including an
individual  retirement  account)  may  constitute  "unrelated  business  taxable
income" which generally would be taxable to the holder under the Code.

         If the class B notes were treated as equity,  a class B noteholder  who
is a  Non-U.S.  Person may be  subject  to  withholding  tax on its share of the
income of the trust.

         In view of the foregoing treatment of individuals, certain closely held
corporations,  tax-exempt  entities and Non-U.S.  Persons,  if the Class B Notes
were treated as equity,  the class B notes may not be a suitable  investment for
such  persons,  and such persons  should  consult their own tax advisors in this
regard.

State and Local Taxation

         The discussion above does not address the tax consequences of purchase,
ownership  or  disposition  of the notes  under  any state or local tax law.  In
particular, in the event that a class B noteholder's interest were characterized
as a partnership  interest,  such class B noteholder may be subject to state and
local  income  tax with  respect to the  trust's  activities.  Investors  should
consult their own tax advisors regarding state and local tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Subject  to  the  considerations  set  forth  below  and  under  "ERISA
Considerations"  in the  accompanying  prospectus,  the  class  A  notes  may be
purchased  by an  employee  benefit  plan or an  individual  retirement  account
subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (a "Benefit  Plan"). A fiduciary of
a Benefit Plan must determine that the purchase of a note is consistent with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as  defined in  Section  406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the Code.
Section  406 of ERISA  prohibits  parties in interest  or  disqualified  persons
("Parties in Interest")  with respect to a Benefit Plan from engaging in certain
transactions  (including loans) involving a Benefit Plan and its assets unless a
statutory or administrative  exemption applies to the transaction.  Section 4975
of the Code imposes certain excise taxes (or, in some cases, a civil penalty may
be assessed  pursuant to Section  502(i) of ERISA) on Parties in Interest  which
engage in non-exempt prohibited transactions.

         The United States  Department of Labor has issued a regulation  (29 CFR
Section 2510.3-101)  concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of
a Benefit Plan. This regulation provides that, as a general rule, the underlying
assets and properties of  corporations,  partnerships,  trusts and certain other
entities in which a Benefit Plan  purchases an "equity  interest" will be deemed
for purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing  Benefit Plan unless certain
exceptions apply.  This regulation  defines an "equity interest" as any interest
in an entity  other than an  instrument  that is treated as  indebtedness  under
applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features.  Although the
issue is not free from doubt,  we believe  that the class A notes  should not be
treated as "equity interests" for purposes of the regulation.  Accordingly,  the
acquisition of the class A notes by benefit plan investors  should not cause the
assets of the trust to be treated as Benefit Plan assets for purposes of Title I
of ERISA.  However,  the class A notes may not be purchased with the assets of a
Benefit Plan if the seller,  the  servicer,  the  indenture  trustee,  the owner
trustee or any of their affiliates:

         (1) has investment or  administrative  discretion  with respect to such
Benefit Plan assets;

         (2) has  authority  or  responsibility  to give,  or  regularly  gives,
investment  advice  with  respect to such  Benefit  Plan  assets,  for a fee and
pursuant to an agreement or  understanding  that such advice (a) will serve as a
primary basis for investment  decisions with respect to such Benefit Plan assets
and (b) will be based on the particular  investment needs for such Benefit Plan;
or

         (3) is an employer maintaining or contributing to such Benefit Plan.

         Certain  affiliates of the trust or the servicer might be considered or
might become Parties in Interest with respect to a Benefit Plan. In either case,
the  acquisition  or  holding of class A notes by or on behalf of such a Benefit
Plan could be  considered  to give rise to an  indirect  prohibited  transaction
within the  meaning  of ERISA and the Code,  unless it is subject to one or more
exemptions such as one of the following Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemptions
("PTCE"):

         o        PTCE 84-14,  which exempts  certain  transactions  effected on
                  behalf of a Benefit  Plan by a "qualified  professional  asset
                  manager,"

         o        PTCE  90-1,  which  exempts  certain  transactions   involving
                  insurance company pooled separate accounts,

         o        PTCE 91-38, which exempts certain transactions  involving bank
                  collective investment funds,

         o        PTCE  95-60,  which  exempts  certain  transactions  involving
                  insurance company general accounts, or

         o        PTCE 96-23,  which exempts  certain  transactions  effected on
                  behalf of a Benefit Plan by certain "in-house asset managers."

         Each  purchaser or  transferee of a class A note that is a Benefit Plan
shall be deemed to have represented  that the relevant  conditions for exemptive
relief  under at least one of the  foregoing  exemptions  (or  other  applicable
exemption providing substantially similar relief) have been satisfied.

         Because the class B notes may be considered to have "substantial equity
features,"  you must not purchase class B notes if you are a Benefit Plan or any
person using the assets of a Benefit  Plan.  Each  purchaser or  transferee of a
class B note shall be deemed to have  represented  that it is not, and it is not
purchasing the note with assets of, a Benefit Plan.

         For  additional  information  regarding  treatment  of the notes  under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
underwriting agreement for the sale of the notes, dated  _________________,  the
seller has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters named below has severally
agreed to purchase  the  principal  amount of the notes set forth below its name
below:



                                                                        Total

Principal amount
   of class A-1 notes...............  $___________   $___________  $___________
Principal amount
   of class A-2 notes...............  $___________   $___________  $___________
Principal amount
   of class A-3 notes...............  $___________   $___________  $___________
Principal amount
   of class A-4 notes...............  $___________   $___________  $___________
Principal amount
   of class B notes.................  $___________   $___________  $___________

         In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the notes.

         The underwriters  propose to offer part of the notes directly to you at
the prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and part to
certain  dealers  at a price  that  represents  a  concession  not in  excess of
_______%  of  the  denominations  of  the  class  A-1  notes,   ______%  of  the
denominations of the class A-2 notes,  ______% of the denominations of the class
A-3 notes,  ______% of the  denominations  of the class A-4 notes, or ______% of
the  denominations  of the class B notes.  The  underwriters  may allow and such
dealers may reallow a concession  not in excess of ______% of the  denominations
of the class A-1  notes,  ______% of the  denominations  of the class A-2 notes,
______%  of  the   denominations  of  the  class  A-3  notes,   ______%  of  the
denominations  of the class A-4 notes, or _______% of the  denominations  of the
class B notes.

         The seller and UAC have agreed to indemnify  the  underwriters  against
certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

         The  underwriters  tell us that  they  intend  to make a market  in the
notes,  as  permitted  by  applicable  laws  and   regulations.   However,   the
underwriters  are not  obligated  to make a  market  in the  notes  and any such
market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time at the sole  discretion  of the
underwriters.  Accordingly, we give no assurances regarding the liquidity of, or
trading markets for, the notes.

         In connection with this offering,  the  underwriters  may over-allot or
effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the notes at
a level  above that which  might  otherwise  prevail  in the open  market.  Such
stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

         In the ordinary course of their businesses,  the underwriters and their
affiliates  have  engaged and may in the future  engage in  investment  banking,
commercial  banking and other  advisory  or  commercial  relationships  with the
seller, UAC and their affiliates.

         We will  receive  proceeds  of  $_______________  from  the sale of the
notes, before deducting our net expenses estimated to be $----------.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the notes will be passed upon for the
seller and the trust by Barnes & Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana, and for the
underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences  with  respect  to the notes  will be passed  upon for the trust by
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft.

                                     EXPERTS

         [A statement  regarding the  incorporation of the applicable  insurer's
financial  statements in reliance on the report of the insurer's  accountants as
experts will be included in the related prospectus supplement.]

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         We have listed below the terms used in this  prospectus  supplement and
the pages where definitions of the terms can be found.

ABS........................................................................ S-19
Accelerated Principal Payment.............................................. S-28
Available Funds............................................................ S-25
Benefit Plan............................................................... S-38
Class A Monthly Interest................................................... S-28
Class A-1 Monthly Interest................................................. S-28
Class A-2 Monthly Interest................................................. S-29
Class A-3 Monthly Interest................................................. S-29
Class A-4 Monthly Interest................................................. S-29
Class B Monthly Interest................................................... S-30
Code....................................................................... S-35
Company.................................................................... S-33
ERISA......................................................................  S-9
GAAP....................................................................... S-33
IRS........................................................................ S-35
MBIA....................................................................... S-33
Monthly Interest........................................................... S-28
Monthly Principal.......................................................... S-28
Parties in Interest........................................................ S-38
Principal Payment Sequence................................................. S-30
PTCE....................................................................... S-39
SAP........................................................................ S-34
UAC........................................................................  S-4
UAFCC......................................................................  S-7
<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                   [PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR GRANTOR TRUST]


UACSC [YEAR]-___ Grantor Trust

UAC Securitization Corporation
Seller                                                         [LOGO]
Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer

Consider  carefully the risk factors  beginning on page S-12 in this  prospectus
supplement and on page __ in the prospectus.

The certificates  represent  interests in the UACSC [Year]-__ Grantor Trust only
and  do  not  represent  obligations  of  or  interests  in  UAC  Securitization
Corporation, Union Acceptance Corporation or any of their affiliates.

This prospectus  supplement may be used to offer and sell the certificates  only
if accompanied by the prospectus.

                  The trust will issue and the  seller  will sell the  following
                  classes of certificates:

================================================================================
                                       Class A         Class B
                                     Certificates   Certificates
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Initial Aggregate
         Principal Balance          $                $
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Pass-Through
                  Rate                      %                %
                  (per annum)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Final Scheduled
                  Payment
                  Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Price to Public 1            %               %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Underwriting
                  Discount 2                %                %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Proceeds to
                  Seller 3                 %                %
================================================================================

                    1    Plus accrued interest,  if any, after  _______________.
                         Total  price to  public  (excluding  such  interest)  =
                         $---------------.

                    2    Total underwriting discount = $__________.

                    3    Total proceeds to the seller = $____________.

                    o    The class B  certificates  will be  subordinate  to the
                         class A certificates.

                    o    A spread account will serve as credit  enhancement  for
                         the  certificates.  Over time,  it is expected that the
                         amount on deposit in the  spread  account  will grow to
                         ____% of the initial aggregate principal balance of the
                         receivables pool.

                    o    The trust will include up to  $__________ of subsequent
                         receivables to be purchased after ______________.

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission has approved or disapproved  these securities or determined that this
prospectus  supplement or the  accompanying  prospectus is accurate or complete.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                        [Underwriters of the Certificates]



             The date of this prospectus supplement is ____________


<PAGE>

              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS


         We tell you about the certificates in the following documents: (1) this
prospectus supplement,  which describes the specific terms of your certificates;
and (2) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of
which may not apply to the certificates.

         If the description of the  certificates  varies between this prospectus
supplement  and the  prospectus,  you  should  rely on the  information  in this
prospectus supplement.

         We include  cross-references  in this prospectus  supplement and in the
accompanying  prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further  related  discussions.  The following Table of Contents and the Table of
Contents  included  in the  accompanying  prospectus  provide the pages on which
these captions are located.

         You can find a listing  of the pages  where  capitalized  terms used in
this  prospectus  supplement  are defined under the caption  "Index of Principal
Terms"  beginning  on page  S-__ in this  prospectus  supplement  and  under the
caption  "Index of Principal  Terms"  beginning  on page __ in the  accompanying
prospectus.

         In this prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  "we"
refers to the depositor, UAC Securitization Corporation, and "you" refers to any
prospective investor in the certificates.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF TERMS...................................    S-4
   Issuer..........................................    S-4
   Seller..........................................    S-4
   Servicer........................................    S-5
   Trustee.........................................    S-5
   The Certificates................................    S-5
   Interest........................................    S-6
   Principal.......................................    S-7
   Subordination...................................    S-7
   The Receivables.................................    S-8
   Pre-Funding Account.............................    S-9
   Spread Account..................................    S-10
   Optional Sale...................................    S-11
   Tax Status......................................    S-11
   Ratings.........................................    S-12
   ERISA Considerations............................    S-12
RISK FACTORS.......................................    S-12
   You may not be able to resell the certificates..    S-12
   The Certificates Are
     Obligations of the Trust Only
     and are not guaranteed by any other party.....    S-12
   The Amount in the Spread Account may not be s
     sufficient to assure payment of principal and
     interest......................................    S-13
   A change in the Certificate Ratings may adversely
     affect the Certificates.......................    S-14
   Subordination...................................    S-14
FORMATION OF THE TRUST.............................    S-15
THE RECEIVABLES POOL...............................    S-16
   Composition of the Initial Receivables
     as of _______________.........................   S-18
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
     Remaining Term as of ________________.........   S-19
   Geographic Distribution
     of the Initial Receivables as of
     _______________...............................   S-19
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
     Financed Vehicle Model Year
     as of _____________...........................   S-19
   Distribution of the Initial Receivables
     by Contract Rate as of the
     as of _____________...........................   S-19
   Delinquencies, Repossessions and
     Net Losses....................................   S-21
   Delinquency and Credit
     Loss Experience...............................   S-21


                                       2
<PAGE>

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF
   THE CERTIFICATES................................   S-21
   Percent of Initial Certificate Balance
     at Various ABS Percentages....................   S-24
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT
   CONSIDERATIONS..................................   S-25
   Mandatory Repurchase............................   S-26
THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC..............................   S-26
THE CERTIFICATES...................................   S-26
   Sale and Assignment of Receivables;
     Subsequent Receivables........................   S-27
   Accounts........................................   S-28
   Subordination of the
     Class B Certificates..........................   S-30
   Advances........................................   S-31
   Distributions on the Certificates...............   S-31
REPORTS TO
   CERTIFICATEHOLDERS..............................   S-34
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...............................   S-35
UNDERWRITING.......................................   S-35
LEGAL OPINIONS.....................................   S-36
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS...........................   S-37



                                       3
<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This  summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  prospectus
         supplement and does not contain all of the information  that you should
         consider in making your investment  decision.  To understand all of the
         terms of this offering,  read the entire prospectus  supplement and the
         accompanying prospectus.

o        The definitions of capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement
         can be found on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Principal  Terms"
         beginning on page S-28 in this  prospectus  supplement  or beginning on
         page 44 of the accompanying prospectus.

Issuer

The  UACSC  [YEAR]-___   Grantor  Trust  is  the  trust  which  will  issue  the
certificates offered in this prospectus supplement.

Seller

UAC  Securitization  Corporation is the depositor of or the seller to the trust.
The seller will transfer the automobile  receivables and related property to the
trust.


                                       4
<PAGE>


Servicer

Union Acceptance  Corporation ("UAC") will act as the servicer of the trust. The
servicer will receive and apply payments on the automobile receivables,  service
the collection of the receivables and direct the trustee to make the appropriate
distributions  to the  certificateholders.  The servicer  will receive a monthly
servicing fee as compensation for its services.

Trustee

----------------------.

Closing Date

The closing date will be ______________________.

The Certificates

The trust will issue automobile  receivable backed  certificates on or about the
closing  date under the terms of a pooling  and  servicing  agreement  among the
seller,  the  servicer  and the trustee.  The  certificates  will consist of the
following:

     o   _____% class A automobile receivable  pass-through  certificates in the
         aggregate  principal  amount  of  $__________________; and

     o   ____% class B automobile  receivable  pass-through  certificates in the
         aggregate  principal  amount  of  $__________________;


Each of the certificates  will represent a fractional and undivided  interest in
the trust. The trust assets will include:

     o    a pool  of  simple  and  precomputed  interest  installment  sale  and
          installment loan contracts  originated in various states in the United
          States of America,  secured by new and used automobiles,  light trucks
          and vans;

     o    certain  monies  due in  respect  of the  receivables  as of and after
          a cutoff date of ______________;

     o    security  interests  in the  related  vehicles  financed  through  the
          receivables;

     o    funds on deposit in a certificate  account, a yield supplement account
          and a spread account;

                                       5
<PAGE>


     o    any proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies relating to the
          financed vehicles or the related obligors;

     o    any lender's single interest insurance policy; and

     o    certain rights under the pooling and servicing agreement.

Interest

The trust will distribute  interest on the eighth calendar day of each month or,
if  such  day  is not a  business  day,  on the  next  business  day,  beginning
_______________,  to holders of record of the class A certificates and the class
B certificates  as of the record date,  which will be the day before the payment
date.  However,  if definitive  certificates are issued, the record date will be
the last day of the calendar month  immediately  preceding the calendar month in
which such payment date occurs.

The applicable pass-through rates for the certificates are:

     o    _____% for the class A certificates; and

     o    _____% for the class B certificates.

Interest  on the  class A  certificates  and the  class B  certificates  will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve 30-day  months.
See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Certificates -- Distributions
on the Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.

Generally,  the amount of interest  distributable to the  certificateholders  on
each  payment  date is the  product  of  one-twelfth  of the  pass-through  rate
applicable to such class and the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such
class as of the preceding payment date (after giving effect to all distributions
to certificateholders on such date).

The  amount  of   interest   distributable   on  the  first   payment   date  of
________________  will be  based  upon the  original  principal  balance  of the
applicable  class and will accrue from the closing date until the day before the
first  payment  date (and  assuming  that the month of the  closing  date has 30
days).See "The Certificates -- Distributions on
the Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.


                                       6
<PAGE>

Principal

The   trust   will   distribute   principal   on  each   payment   date  to  the
certificateholders  of record as of the record  date.  Generally,  the amount of
principal  which will be  distributed  is equal to the  difference  between  the
aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the certificates as of the preceding
payment date (after giving effect to any distributions of principal made on such
payment date) and the outstanding  balance of the  receivables  pool on the last
day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

The  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  certificates  as of the
closing date is as follows:

     o    $_____________  for the class A certificates; and

     o    $______________ for the class B certificates.

The  outstanding  principal  amount of the class A certificates  and the class B
certificates,  as the case may be,  will be payable in full on _______ the final
scheduled payment date.

Generally,   on  any  payment  date  monthly   principal   will  be  distributed
proportionately   between  the  class  A  certificateholders  and  the  class  B
certificateholders   pro  rata  based  upon  the   aggregate   balances  of  the
certificates as of the preceding payment date.  However, if there is a shortfall
in  the  funds  available  to  pay  monthly  principal,  no  principal  will  be
distributed to the class B certificateholders  until the full amount of interest
on and  principal of the class A  certificates  payable on such payment date has
been distributed to the class A certificateholders.

Since the rate of payment of  principal  of each class of  certificates  depends
upon the rate of payment of principal on the  receivables  (including  voluntary
prepayments  and principal in respect of defaulted  receivables  and receivables
purchased  or  repurchased  by UAC),  the final  distribution  in respect of the
certificates could occur significantly  earlier than the final scheduled payment
date.  See "The  Certificates  --  Distributions  on the  Certificates"  in this
prospectus supplement.

Subordination

The rights of the class B certificateholders to receive distributions of monthly
interest and monthly principal are subordinated to the rights of the class A



                                       7
<PAGE>


certificateholders.  See  "The  Certificates  --  Subordination  of the  Class B
Certificates,"  "-- Distributions on the  Certificates,"  "-- Accounts -- Spread
Account,"  "Risk  Factors -- Spread  Account"  and " --  Subordination"  in this
prospectus supplement.

The Receivables

On the closing date,  the seller will convey  initial  receivables  to the trust
having an  aggregate  principal  balance  of  approximately  $________  as of an
initial cutoff date of _________. The trust will acquire the initial receivables
from the seller  pursuant to the pooling and servicing  agreement.  In addition,
the  seller  must  sell   subsequent   receivables  to  the  trust  (subject  to
availability)  having an aggregate  principal balance or pre-funded amount equal
to  approximately  $_______.  The  trust  will  be  obligated  to  purchase  the
subsequent  receivables  from the seller (subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions) prior to the end of a specific funding period.

The seller will  designate as a subsequent  cutoff date each effective date that
subsequent  receivables are conveyed to the trust.  Each date during the funding
period  on which  subsequent  receivables  will be  conveyed  to the  trust is a
subsequent  transfer  date.  See  "The   Certificates--Sale  and  Assignment  of
Receivables;   Subsequent  Receivables"  and  "The  Receivables  Pool"  in  this
prospectus   supplement  and  "The   Receivables   Pools"  in  the  accompanying
prospectus.

The initial  receivables  were selected and the subsequent  receivables  will be
selected  from  the  contracts  owned by Union  Acceptance  Funding  Corporation
("UAFC"), based on the criteria specified in the pooling and servicing agreement
and described in this prospectus  supplement under "The Receivables Pool" and in
the accompanying prospectus under "The Receivables Pools."

UAC may originate subsequent  receivables using credit criteria that differ from
those used for the initial receivables.  Therefore,  the initial receivables may
be of a different  credit  quality and seasoning.  In addition,  the transfer of
subsequent  receivables to the trust may adversely affect the characteristics of
the entire  pool of  receivables.  The  provisions  describing  the  transfer of
subsequent  receivables and verification that subsequent  receivables conform to
the  requirements  of the pooling and  servicing  agreement can be found in "The
Receivables  Pool" and "The  Certificates -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables;
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus supplement. See also "Risk Factors --
Certain Risks Associated with  Pre-Funding" and "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Subsequent  Receivables"  in the
accompanying prospectus.



                                       8
<PAGE>


Pre-Funding Account

The trustee will deposit and maintain  the  pre-funded  amount in a  pre-funding
account during the funding period from the closing date until the earliest of:

     (1)  the date on which the amount on deposit in the pre-funding account is
          equal to or less than $_______;

     (2)  the  occurrence of an event of default under the pooling and servicing
          agreement;

     (3)  the occurrence of certain events of insolvency of the seller or the
          servicer; or

     (4)  the [third]  payment date.

         The funding period will not be more than three calendar months.

The pre-funded amount initially will equal $_________ and will be reduced by the
amount used to purchase subsequent receivables. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding Account" in the accompanying
prospectus  and  "The   Certificates--   Sale  and  Assignment  of  Receivables;
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus supplement.

The trustee will invest funds on deposit in the  pre-funding  account during the
funding  period in eligible  investments,  subject to certain  limitations.  Any
investment income from such investments will be transferred from the pre-funding
account to the  collection  account on each payment date and will be included in
available funds for such payment date.

If any pre-funded  amount remains in the  pre-funding  account at the end of the
pre-funding  period, the trustee will pay such amount to the  certificateholders
on the payment date on or immediately  following the last day of the pre-funding
period.  The  trustee  will pay the amount to the  certificateholders  pro rata,
based  on  the  initial  principal  amounts  of  the  certificates  held  by the
certificateholders.  The amount the trustee pays to the certificateholders  will
constitute a prepayment of the aggregate  principal  balance of the certificates
and may reduce the certificateholders'  anticipated yield. See "The Certificates
--  Sale  and  Assignment  of  Receivables;   Subsequent  Receivables"  in  this
prospectus  supplement.  See also "Risk Factors -- Certain Risks Associated with
Pre-Funding"  and  "Description  of the Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
Accounts" in the accompanying prospectus.


                                       9
<PAGE>

Spread Account

The seller will  establish a spread  account on the closing  date in the name of
the trustee for the benefit of the  certificateholders.  The spread account will
hold the excess,  if any, of the collections on the receivables over the amounts
which the trust is  required to  distribute  to the  certificateholders  and the
servicer.  The amount of funds available for distribution to  certificateholders
on any payment date will consist of funds from the following sources:

     (1)  payments  received from obligors in respect of the receivables (net of
          any amount required to be deposited to the payahead account in respect
          of precomputed receivables);

     (2)  any net withdrawal from the payahead account in respect of precomputed
          receivables;

     (3)  liquidation proceeds received in respect of receivables;

     (4)  advances  received from the servicer in respect of interest on certain
          delinquent receivables;

     (5)  amounts  received in respect of required  repurchases  or purchases of
          receivables by UAC or the servicer; and

     (6)  investment income from funds on deposit in the pre-funding account.

The trustee  will  withdraw  funds from the spread  account (up to the amount on
deposit in the account) if the amount of available funds for any payment date is
not sufficient to pay:

     (1)  the amounts owed to the servicer  (including the monthly servicing fee
          and reimbursement for advances made by the servicer to the trust), and

     (2)  the required payments of monthly interest and monthly principal to the
          certificateholders.

If the amount on deposit in the spread  account is zero,  after any  withdrawals
for  the  benefit  of  the  certificateholders,  any  remaining  losses  on  the
receivables   will  be  borne   directly   pro  rata   first  by  the   class  B
certificateholders  (up to the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  class  B
certificates at such time)


                                       10
<PAGE>

and  then  by  the  class  A   certificateholders.   See  "Risk  Factors,"  "The
Certificates -- Accounts" and "--  Distributions  on the  Certificates"  in this
prospectus supplement.

Any amount on deposit in the spread account on any payment date in excess of the
required  spread amount (after all other  required  deposits to and  withdrawals
from the spread account have been made) will be  distributed to the seller.  Any
such distribution to the seller will no longer be an asset of the trust.

We intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
the required  spread amount  through the deposit of the excess  collections,  if
any,  on the  receivables.  However,  we cannot  assure  you that the  amount on
deposit in the spread account will actually grow to the required spread amount.

The required  spread amount with respect to any payment date will equal ____% of
the aggregate principal balance of the certificates.

Optional Sale

The servicer has the right to purchase all of the receivables as of the last day
of any  collection  period  on which  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
receivables pool is equal to or less than 10% of the initial aggregate principal
balance of the certificates.

The purchase  price  applicable  to the optional  sale will be equal to the fair
market  value of the  receivables;  provided  that  such  amount  is equal to or
greater than the sum of:

     (1)  100%  of  the   outstanding   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the
certificates; and

     (2) accrued  and unpaid  interest on the  outstanding  aggregate  principal
balance  of the  certificates  at the  weighted  average  contract  rates of the
receivables less any payments received but not applied to interest or principal.


Tax Status

In the opinion of special  tax counsel to the seller,  the trust will be treated
as a grantor  trust for federal  income tax  purposes and will not be subject to
federal  income  tax.  Certificateholders  will  be  required  to  report  their
respective  shares of the  trust's  taxable  income,  and,  subject  to  certain
limitations in the case of such owners who are  individuals,  trusts or estates,
may deduct their respective shares of reasonable servicing and other fees. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.



                                       11
<PAGE>


Ratings

On the closing date, the class A  certificates  must be rated at least _____ and
the class B certificates must be rated at least ____ by at least ____ nationally
recognized   statistical   rating   agencies.   A  security   rating  is  not  a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by the assigning  rating  agency.  See "Risk  Factors-- A
Change in the Certificate Ratings May Adversely Affect the Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement.


ERISA Considerations

The class A certificates  may be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans
subject to Title I of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA").  Any benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of class
A  certificates  should,  among other  things,  consult with  experienced  legal
counsel in  determining  whether all required  conditions for such purchase have
been satisfied.  See "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in
the accompanying prospectus.

Plans should not purchase class B certificates, because the class B certificates
are subordinate to the class A certificates.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below and in
the  accompanying  prospectus  as well as the  other  investment  considerations
described  in such  documents  as you  decide  whether to  purchase  the class A
certificates.

You May Not be Able to
Resell the Notes                        There is currently  no secondary  market
                                        for the  certificates.  The underwriters
                                        currently  intend  to make a  market  to
                                        enable resale of the  certificates,  but
                                        are  under no  obligation  to do so.  As
                                        such,   we  cannot  assure  you  that  a
                                        secondary  market will  develop for your
                                        certificates  or,  if one does  develop,
                                        that such market  will  provide you with
                                        liquidity of  investment or that it will
                                        continue    for   the   life   of   your
                                        certificates.


The Certificates Are Obligations
of the Trust Only and are Not
Guaranteed by any Other Party           The  certificates  are  interests in the
                                        trust  only  and  do  not  represent  an
                                        interest   in  or   obligation   of  the
                                        seller,  UAC or any  other  party  or
                                        governmental body. The certificates have
                                        not been  insured or  guaranteed  by any
                                        party  or  governmental  body.  See "The
                                        Certificates  --  Distributions  on  the
                                        Certificates"    in   this    prospectus
                                        supplement.



                                       12
<PAGE>

The Amount in the Spread
Account May Not be Sufficient
to Assure Payment of Principal
and Interest                            The trustee will withdraw funds from the
                                        spread  account,  up to the full balance
                                        of the funds on deposit in such account,
                                        if the amount of available  funds on any
                                        payment date is not  sufficient to
                                        distribute  monthly interest and monthly
                                        principal  (after payment of the monthly
                                        servicing  fee) to you.  The  amount  on
                                        deposit  in  the  spread   account   may
                                        increase over time to an amount equal to
                                        the required  spread  amount.  We cannot
                                        assure you that such  growth  will occur
                                        or  that  the   balance  in  the  spread
                                        account  will  always be  sufficient  to
                                        assure   payment   in  full  of  monthly
                                        interest and monthly  principal.  If the
                                        balance of the spread account is reduced
                                        to zero on any  payment date,  the
                                        trust  will  depend  solely  on  current
                                        distributions on the receivables to make
                                        distributions  of principal and interest
                                        on the certificates.


                                       13
<PAGE>

A Change in the Certificate
Ratings May Adversely
Affect the Certificates                 On  the  closing   date,   the  class  A
                                        certificates  must  be  rated  at  least
                                        _____ and the class B certificates  must
                                        be rated at least  _____ by the  rating
                                        agencies. Such ratings will reflect only
                                        the views of the relevant rating agency.
                                        We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  such
                                        rating will  continue  for any period of
                                        time  or that  any  rating  will  not be
                                        revised or  withdrawn  entirely  by such
                                        rating   agency  if,  in  its  judgment,
                                        circumstances so warrant.  A revision or
                                        withdrawal  of such  rating  may have an
                                        adverse  effect  on  the  liquidity  and
                                        market  price  of your  certificates.  A
                                        security rating is not a  recommendation
                                        to buy, sell or hold securities.

Subordination                           The    rights    of    the    class    B
                                        certificateholders       to      receive
                                        distributions  of monthly  interest  and
                                        monthly  principal are  subordinated  to
                                        the    rights    of    the    class    A
                                        certificateholders.       See       "The
                                        Certificates  --  Subordination  of  the
                                        Class B Certificates," "-- Distributions
                                        on the  Certificates"  and "  Accounts--
                                        Spread   Account"  in  this   prospectus
                                        supplement.  No distribution of interest
                                        will   be   made   to   the    class   B
                                        certificateholders  on any  payment
                                        date until the full  amount of  interest
                                        payable on the class A  certificates  on
                                        such    payment   date   has   been
                                        distributed     to    the     class    A
                                        certificateholders,  and no distribution
                                        of principal will be made to the class B
                                        certificateholders  on any  payment
                                        date  until  the full  amount of class A
                                        monthly  interest  and  class A  monthly
                                        principal  payable on such  payment


                                       14
<PAGE>


                                        date has  been  paid.  Distributions  of
                                        interest  on the  class  B  certificates
                                        will    not    be     subordinated    to
                                        distributions  of principal on the class
                                        A  certificates.  Because  the rights of
                                        the   class  B   certificateholders   to
                                        receive  distributions of principal will
                                        be  subordinated  to the  rights  of the
                                        class A  certificateholders  to  receive
                                        distributions of interest and principal,
                                        the  class B  certificates  will be more
                                        likely than the class A certificates  to
                                        suffer  losses  due  to  losses  on  the
                                        receivables.  If the aggregate amount of
                                        losses on the  receivables  exceeds  the
                                        amount on deposit in the spread account,
                                        class  B   certificateholders   may  not
                                        recover their initial  investment in the
                                        class B certificates.


                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

         The seller will  establish  the trust by assigning  the trust assets to
the  trustee in  exchange  for the  certificates.  UAC will be  responsible  for
servicing the  receivables  pursuant to the pooling and servicing  agreement and
will be compensated for acting as the servicer.  To facilitate  servicing and to
minimize  administrative  burden and  expense,  the  servicer  will be appointed
custodian of the  receivables  by the trustee.  However,  the servicer  will not
stamp the  receivables to reflect the sale and assignment of the  receivables to
the trust or make any notation of the trust's lien on the  certificates of title
of the financed vehicles. In the absence of such notation on the certificates of
title,  the trustee may not have  perfected  security  interests in the financed
vehicles securing the receivables.  Under the terms of the pooling and servicing
agreement,  UAC may delegate its duties as servicer and custodian;  however, any
such  delegation will not relieve UAC of its liability and  responsibility  with
respect  to  such  duties.  See  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The seller  will  establish  the spread  account for the benefit of the
certificateholders.  If Available  Funds and the amount on deposit in the spread
account (after paying amounts owed to the servicer) are not sufficient to fully


                                       15
<PAGE>


distribute Monthly Interest and Monthly  Principal,  the trust will look only to
the obligors on the receivables and the proceeds from the  repossession and sale
of financed  vehicles that secure  defaulted  receivables for  distributions  of
interest and principal on the certificates. In such event, certain factors, such
as the trustee's not having perfected security interests in some of the financed
vehicles,  may affect the trust's ability to realize on the collateral  securing
the  receivables,  and  thus  may  reduce  the  proceeds  to be  distributed  to
certificateholders.  See  "The  Certificates  --  Accounts"  in this  prospectus
supplement and "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables"  in the  accompanying
prospectus.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

         The pool of receivables  conveyed to the trust will include the initial
receivables  purchased  as of  _______________  and any  subsequent  receivables
purchased as of the applicable subsequent cutoff dates.

         The initial  receivables  were, and the subsequent  receivables were or
will be,  selected  from the  portfolio  of UAFC for  purchase  by the seller by
several criteria, including that each receivable:

          o    had or will have an original  number of payments of not more than
               ___  payments  and not  less  than  ____  payments  (except  that
               approximately  ___% of the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
               initial  receivables  as of  _____________  consist  of  modified
               receivables which have been amended or modified after origination
               to  provide  that  the  number  of  payments  from  the  time  of
               origination to maturity may exceed ___ payments);

          o    had or will have a remaining maturity of not more than ___ months
               and not less than _____ months;

          o    provided or will provide for level  monthly  payments  that fully
               amortize the amount financed over the remaining term; and

          o    had or will  have a  contract  rate  of  interest  (exclusive  of
               prepaid finance charges) of not less than _____%.

         The weighted average remaining  maturity of the initial  receivables is
approximately ___ months as of _______________.

         Approximately  _____% of the aggregate principal balance of the initial
receivables as of  _______________  were selected from the  "non-prime" or "Tier
II" portfolio of UAFC. See "-- Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience."


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Approximately  _____% of the aggregate principal balance of the initial
receivables as of  _______________  are simple interest  contracts which provide
for equal monthly  payments.  Approximately  _____% of the  aggregate  principal
balance  of  the  initial  receivables  as of  _______________  are  precomputed
receivables  originated  in the  State of  California.  All of such  precomputed
receivables are rule of 78's receivables.  Approximately _____% of the aggregate
principal  balance of the  initial  receivables  as of  _____________  represent
financing of new vehicles;  the remainder of the initial  receivables  represent
financing of used vehicles.

         Initial  receivables  representing  more  than  10%  of  the  aggregate
principal  balance  of  the  initial  receivables  as  of  _______________  were
originated in the States of __________  and  _________.  The  performance of the
receivables  in the aggregate  could be adversely  affected in particular by the
development of adverse economic conditions in such states.

         The  trust  is  obligated  to  purchase  subsequent  receivables  on  a
subsequent  transfer date only if the  subsequent  receivables  satisfy  certain
criteria, including that:

         o        the aggregate principal balance of subsequent receivables that
                  are Tier II  receivables  will not be more  than  ____% of the
                  aggregate principal balance of the subsequent receivables;

         o        the aggregate principal balance of subsequent receivables that
                  are  modified  receivables  will not be more than ____% of the
                  aggregate principal balance of the subsequent receivables;

         o        [describe   other   criteria   specific   to  the   particular
                  transaction].

         In  addition,  the  trust  is  obligated  to  purchase  the  subsequent
receivables  only if the  weighted  average  remaining  term of the  receivables
(including the subsequent  receivables) is not more than _____ months. The trust
will determine  whether the receivables  satisfy the above criteria based on the
characteristics  of  the  initial  receivables  as of  _______________  and  any
subsequent receivables as of the related subsequent cutoff date.

         The initial  receivables  will  represent  approximately  _____% of the
initial aggregate principal balance of the certificates. However, except for the
criteria described in the preceding paragraphs, the subsequent receivables are


                                       17
<PAGE>



not required to have any other  specified  criteria.  Therefore,  following  the
transfer of subsequent  receivables to the trust, the aggregate  characteristics
of the entire  receivables  pool,  including the composition of the receivables,
the  distribution  by contract rate and the  geographic  distribution,  may vary
significantly from those of the initial receivables.

         The   composition,   distribution   by  contract  rate  and  geographic
distribution of the initial  receivables as of _______________  are as set forth
in the following tables.

      Composition of the Initial Receivables as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     Weighted
                                                                   Aggregate          Original         Average
                                                   Number of        Principal         Principal       Contract
                                                  Receivables        Balance           Balance          Rate
                                                  -----------        -------           -------          ----
<S>                                               <C>           <C>                 <C>               <C>
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks............               $                  $                         %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks...........                                                            %
New Vans (1).....................................                                                            %
Used Vans (1)....................................                                                            %
                                                  -----------    -----------        ----------          -----
All Receivables..................................                $                  $                        %
                                                  ===========    ===========        ==========          -----


                                                    Weighted       Weighted       Percent
                                                     Average        Average     of Aggregate
                                                    Remaining      Original   Principal
                                                     Term(2)        Term(2)    Balance(3)
                                                     -------        -------    ----------
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks..........          mos.            mos.              %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks.........
New Vans (1)...................................
Used Vans (1)..................................
                                                  -----------    -----------        ----------
All Receivables................................          mos.            mos.              %
                                                  ===========    ===========        ==========
</TABLE>


                                       18
<PAGE>


(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the receivables.
(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

       Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Remaining Term
                  as of ___________________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Percent                                   Percent
                                                   of Total                Aggregate        of Aggregate
    Remaining                   Number of           Number of             Principal          Principal
   Term Range                   Receivables      Receivables (1)            Balance          Balance(1)
   ----------                   -----------      ---------------            -------          ----------
<S>                             <C>                <C>                  <C>                    <C>
  to     months...........                                %             $                             %
  to     months...........
  to     months...........
                                -----------      ----------             -----------          ----------
          Total...........                                %             $                             %
                                ===========      ==========             ===========
==========
</TABLE>

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


               Geographic Distribution of the Initial Receivables
                          as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            Percent                                    Percent
                                                           of Total               Aggregate         of Aggregate
                                    Number of              Number of              Principal          Principal
     State (1) (2)                 Receivables          Receivables (3)           Balance            Balance (3)
     -------------                 -----------          ---------------           -------            -----------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>                     <C>
     ........................                                    %            $                              %
     ........................
     ........................


                                       19
<PAGE>


     ........................
     ........................
                                   -----------          ---------              ----------            ---------
         Total...............                                    %             $                             %
                                   ===========          =========              ==========
=========
</TABLE>


(1) Based on address of the dealer selling the related financed vehicle.

(2) Receivables  originated  in  Ohio  were  solicited  by  dealers  for  direct
    financing by UAC or its predecessor.  All other  receivables were originated
    by dealers and purchased from such dealers by UAC or its predecessor.

(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

        Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Financed Vehicle Model
                       Year as of _______________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         Percent                        Percent
                                                        of Total         Aggregate   of Aggregate
   Model                              Number of         Number of        Principal    Principal
   Year                              Receivables     Receivables(1)      Balance      Balance(1)
   ----                              -----------     --------------      -------      ----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>                <C>            <C>
     ..........................                               %         $                       %
     ..........................
     ..........................
     ..........................
                                     -----------     ----------         -----------      --------
                  Total........                               %         $                       %
                                     ===========     ==========         ===========      ========
</TABLE>


(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.




                                       20
<PAGE>

            Distribution of the Initial Receivables by Contract Rate
                         as of _______________

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Percent                            Percent
                                                                 of Total         Aggregate       of Aggregate
                                               Number of         Number of        Principal        Principal
Contract Rate Range                           Receivables     Receivables(1)      Balance          Balance(1)
-------------------                           -----------     --------------      -------          ----------

<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>
             to     ......................                              %       $                            %
             to     ......................
             to     ......................
             to     ......................
                                              -----------     ----------        =========          ----------
               Total......................                              %       $                            %
                                              ===========     ===========       =========
==========
</TABLE>

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.

Delinquency and Credit Loss Experience

[Discussion  of  Delinquencies  and Credit  Loss  Experience  to be updated  per
current information]

         UAC's  expectations  with respect to delinquency and credit loss trends
constitute  forward-looking statements and are subject to important factors that
could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from those  projected by UAC.
Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic factors affecting
obligors'  abilities  to make  timely  payments  on their  indebtedness  such as
employment status, rates of consumer bankruptcy,  consumer debt levels generally
and the  interest  rates  applicable  thereto.  In addition,  credit  losses are
affected by UAC's  ability to realize on  recoveries  of  repossessed  vehicles,
including, but not limited to, the market for used cars at any given time.

                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Information  regarding  certain maturity and prepayment  considerations
about the certificates is described under "Weighted Average Life of the


                                       21
<PAGE>


Securities"  in the  accompanying  prospectus.  Because  the rate of  payment of
principal  of  the  certificates  depends  primarily  on  the  rate  of  payment
(including   voluntary   prepayments  and  principal  in  respect  of  defaulted
receivables  and  purchased   receivables)  of  the  principal  balance  of  the
receivables,  final  payment  of each  class of  certificates  could  occur much
earlier than the applicable final scheduled payment date. You will bear the risk
of being able to reinvest early principal payments on the certificates at yields
at least equal to the yield on your certificates.

         Prepayments  on  retail   installment  sale  contracts,   such  as  the
receivables,  can be measured  relative to a prepayment  standard or model.  The
model  used in this  prospectus  supplement  is the  Absolute  Prepayment  Model
("ABS").  The ABS model  represents  an assumed  rate of  prepayment  each month
relative to the original  number of receivables in a pool. The ABS model further
assumes that all of the receivables are the same size, amortize at the same rate
and that each  receivable  will be paid as scheduled or will be prepaid in full.
For example, in a pool of receivables  originally containing 100 receivables,  a
1% ABS rate means that one receivable prepays in full each month. The ABS model,
like any prepayment model, does not claim to be either a historical  description
of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment.

         The  tables on page S-__ have  been  prepared  on the basis of  certain
assumptions, including that:

         o        the receivables prepay in full at the specified monthly ABS;

         o        each scheduled  payment on the receivables is made on the last
                  day of each  collection  period  and  includes a full month of
                  interest;

         o        distributions  on the  certificates  are  paid in cash on each
                  payment  date  commencing   ____________  and  on  the  eighth
                  calendar day of each  subsequent  month in accordance with the
                  description set forth under "The Certificates -- Distributions
                  on the Certificates;"

         o        the closing date occurs on ______________;

         o        no  defaults  or  delinquencies  in the  payment of any of the
                  receivables occur;

         o        none of the receivables are repurchased due to a breach of any
                  representation or warranty or for any other reason;


                                       22
<PAGE>




         o        the servicer exercises its rights with respect to the optional
                  sale on the first possible payment date; and

         o        the  entire  amount  of  funds  deposited  in the  pre-funding
                  account is used to purchase subsequent receivables.

The  table  indicates  the  projected  weighted  average  life of each  class of
certificates  and sets forth the percentage of the initial  aggregate  principal
balance of each class of certificates  that is projected to be outstanding after
each of the payment  dates shown at specified  ABS  percentages.  The table also
assumes that the receivables have been aggregated into five  hypothetical  pools
with all of the  receivables  within each such pool  having the  characteristics
described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Assumed       Weighted Average          Weighted Average
              Cutoff Date      Weighted Average        Cutoff        Remaining Term to         Original Term to
   Pool    Principal Balance    Contract Rate           Date       Maturity (in Months)      Maturity (in Months)
   ----    -----------------    -------------           ----       --------------------      --------------------
<S>       <C>                     <C>                  <C>             <C>                      <C>
    1     $                                %
    2
    3
    4
    5
           -----------------    -------------           ----             --------------           ---------------
  Total   $                                %
          ==================    ============            ====             ==============
  ===============
</TABLE>

         The   information   included  in  the  following   tables  consists  of
forward-looking statements and involves risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual  results  to  differ   materially  from  those  in  the   forward-looking
statements.  The actual  characteristics and performance of the receivables will
differ from the  assumptions  used in  constructing  the tables on page S-19. We
have provided these  hypothetical  illustrations  using the  assumptions  listed
above to give you a general  illustration  of how the principal  balances of the
certificates may decline. However, it is highly unlikely that the receivables


                                       23
<PAGE>

will prepay at a constant ABS until maturity or that all of the receivables will
prepay at the same ABS. In addition,  the diverse  terms of  receivables  within
each of the five  hypothetical  pools could  produce  slower or faster  rates of
principal distributions than indicated in the table at the various specified ABS
rates.  Any  difference  between  such  hypothetical  assumptions,   the  actual
characteristics,  performance and prepayment  experience of the receivables will
affect  the  percentages  of  initial   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the
certificates  outstanding  over  time  and the  weighted  average  lives  of the
certificates.

       Important notice  regarding  calculation of the weighted average life and
        the assumptions upon which the tables on page S-__ are based

         The  weighted  average  life of a  certificate  is  determined  by: (a)
     multiplying  the  amount  of  each  principal  payment  on  the  applicable
     certificate  by the number of years from the  assumed  closing  date to the
     related  payment date, (b) adding the results,  and (c) dividing the sum by
     the related initial aggregate principal balance of such certificate.

         The tables on page S-__ have been prepared based on (and should be read
     in  conjunction  with)  the  assumptions  described  on pages  S-__ and S__
     (including the assumptions regarding the characteristics and performance of
     the  receivables,  which will  differ from the actual  characteristics  and
     performance of the receivables).


      Percent of Initial Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Class A Certificates                           Class B Certificates
<S>                   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>
Payment Date          1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%     2.5%       1.0%     1.4%     1.6%    1.8%   2.5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     closing date........      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %
         ................      %        %        %       %        %          %        %        %       %        %

 Weighted Average Life (in years) .....
</TABLE>

(1)  See the  important  notice  on page  S-__  of  this  prospectus  supplement
     regarding calculation of the weighted average life and the assumptions upon
     which these tables are based.


                                       24
<PAGE>


                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         Monthly  Interest will be  distributed  to  certificateholders  on each
payment date to the extent of the  pass-through  rate applied to the  applicable
certificate  balance as of the  preceding  payment date or the closing  date, as
applicable  (after giving effect to distributions of principal on such preceding
payment date). See "The  Certificates --  Distributions on the  Certificates" in
this prospectus supplement.

         Upon a full or partial  prepayment on a receivable,  certificateholders
will receive interest for the full month of such prepayment either:

         (1)      through the distribution of interest paid on the receivables;

         (2)      from a withdrawal from the spread account; or

         (3)      by an advance from the servicer.

         Although  the  receivables  will have  different  contract  rates,  the
contract rate of each receivable generally will exceed the sum of:

         (1)      the weighted average of the class A pass-through  rate and the
                  class B pass-through rate; and

         (2)      the per annum rate used to  calculate  the monthly servicing
                  fee.

         However,  the contract rate on a small  percentage  of the  receivables
will be less than the foregoing sum. For such receivables, amounts on deposit in
the yield  supplement  account will be used to cover  resulting  shortfalls with
respect to Monthly  Interest and the servicing fee. The  availability of amounts
on  deposit  in  the  yield  supplement  account  reduces  the  likelihood  that
disproportionate  rates of prepayments between receivables with higher and lower
contract  rates will  affect  the  ability  of the trust to  distribute  Monthly
Interest to certificateholders. See "The Certificates -- Accounts."



                                       25
<PAGE>

Mandatory Repurchase

         If any pre-funded amount remains in the pre-funding  account at the end
of  the   pre-funding   period,   the  trustee  will  pay  such  amount  to  the
certificateholders  on the payment date on or immediately following the last day
of the  pre-funding  period.  The  trustee  will pay the  amount,  which will be
applied as a principal prepayment of the certificates, to the certificateholders
pro rata, based on the initial principal amounts of the certificates held by the
certificateholders.

                              THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC

         UAC  currently  acquires   receivables  from  over  4,600  manufacturer
franchised  automobile  dealerships in 38 states. UAC is an Indiana corporation,
formed in December  1993 by UAC's  predecessor,  Union  Federal  Savings Bank of
Indianapolis,  to  succeed  to the  predecessor's  indirect  automobile  finance
business,  which the predecessor  had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing
and  originating  receivables in April 1994. For the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996,  1997,  1998,  and  1999,  UAC  and/or  its  predecessor   acquired  prime
receivables  aggregating  $995  million,  $1.1  billion,  $945  million and $1.4
billion, respectively, representing an annual increase of 8%, an annual decrease
of 12%, and an annual increase of 53%,  respectively.  Of the approximately $2.5
billion of  receivables  in the servicing  portfolio of UAC  (consisting  of the
principal  balance of receivables held for sale and securitized  receivables) at
June 30, 1999,  approximately  74.43%  represented  receivables on used cars and
approximately  25.57%  represented  receivables  on new cars. The depositor is a
wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiary of UAC.

                                THE CERTIFICATES

         The  certificates  will be issued pursuant to the pooling and servicing
agreement.  You  may  request  a copy of the  pooling  and  servicing  agreement
(without  exhibits)  by  contacting  the servicer at the address set forth under
"Reports to Certificateholders" in this prospectus supplement. References to the
relevant  sections  of the  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  appear  below in
parentheses.  We do not claim that the  following  summary is complete  and this
summary is subject to and  qualified in its entirety by reference to the pooling
and servicing agreement.


                                       26
<PAGE>



Sale and Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables

         We have  described the conveyance of the initial  receivables  (1) from
UAFC to the seller pursuant to the purchase  agreement dated as of ____________,
among UAFC,  UAC and the seller and (2) from the seller to the trust pursuant to
the pooling and servicing  agreement in the  accompanying  prospectus  under the
heading  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables." In addition, during the funding period, UAFC will be
obligated  to sell to the seller and the seller will be obligated to sell to the
trust, subsequent receivables having an aggregate principal balance equal to the
pre-funded  amount  of  approximately   $_______________   to  the  extent  that
subsequent receivables are available.

         On each subsequent  transfer date during the funding period,  UAFC will
sell and assign to the seller, and the seller will sell and assign to the trust,
without recourse, their respective interests in the subsequent receivables.  The
subsequent  receivables will be designated by UAFC as of the related  subsequent
cutoff date and  identified  in a schedule  attached to a subsequent  assignment
instrument  relating to such  subsequent  receivables.  Such  instrument will be
executed  and  delivered  on such  subsequent  transfer  date by the  seller for
delivery to the trustee pursuant to the pooling and servicing agreement, subject
to the conditions described below.

         Any conveyance of subsequent receivables is subject to the satisfaction
of the following  conditions,  among others, on or before the related subsequent
transfer date:

o        each such subsequent  receivable must satisfy the eligibility  criteria
         specified  in the pooling and  servicing  agreement  and shall not have
         been  selected from among such  eligible  receivables  in a manner that
         UAFC  or  the   seller   deems   adverse  to  the   interests   of  the
         certificateholders;

o        as of the related  subsequent cutoff date, the receivables in the trust
         at that time,  including the  subsequent  receivables to be conveyed by
         the seller as of such subsequent cutoff date, will satisfy the criteria
         described under "The  Receivables  Pool" in this prospectus  supplement
         and under "The Receivables Pools" in the accompanying prospectus; and

o        UAFC shall have  executed and  delivered to the seller,  and the seller
         shall have executed and delivered to the trustee,  a written assignment
         conveying  such  subsequent  receivables  to the  seller and the trust,
         respectively   (including  a  schedule   identifying   such  subsequent
         receivables).


                                       27
<PAGE>

Moreover,  any such conveyance of subsequent receivables will also be subject to
the  satisfaction  of the  following  requirements  within  ____ days  after the
termination of the funding period:

o        the seller must deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the trustee
         and the rating  agencies with respect to the validity of the conveyance
         of the subsequent receivables to the trust;

o        the trustee shall have  received  written  confirmation  from a firm of
         certified   independent   public   accountants  that  the  receivables,
         including the subsequent  receivables,  satisfy the criteria  described
         under "The  Receivables  Pool" in this prospectus  supplement and under
         "The Receivables Pools" in the accompanying prospectus; and

o        the rating  agencies  shall have  notified the seller in writing  that,
         following the addition of the subsequent  receivables to the trust, the
         certificates  will  continue to be rated by such rating  agencies in at
         least  the same  rating  categories  in which  they  were  rated on the
         closing date.

Such confirmation of the ratings of the certificates may depend on factors other
than  the   characteristics  of  the  subsequent   receivables,   including  the
delinquency,  repossession and net loss experience on the automobile, light duty
truck and minivan  receivables  in the portfolio  serviced by the servicer.  UAC
will immediately  repurchase from the trustee,  at a price equal to the Purchase
amount  thereof,  any  subsequent  receivable  that fails to satisfy  any of the
foregoing conditions subsequent.

         Subsequent  receivables  may be or may have been originated or acquired
by UAC at a later  date using  credit  criteria  different  from those that were
applied  to  the  initial  receivables.  See  "The  Receivables  Pool"  in  this
prospectus supplement.

Accounts

         In addition to the  certificate  account,  the servicer will  establish
with the trustee for the benefit of the  certificateholders the yield supplement
account, the spread account and the payahead account.

         Yield  Supplement  Account.  For each  receivable on which the contract
rate  is  less  than  the  sum of (a)  the  weighted  average  of  the  class  A
pass-through  rate  and  the  class B  pass-through  rate  and  (b)  the  annual
percentage rate at which the servicing fee is calculated with respect to the


                                       28
<PAGE>

certificate  balance for such  receivable,  on the closing  date the seller will
deposit into the yield  supplement  account an amount equal to the  aggregate of
such shortfall over the term of such receivables based on the scheduled payments
of the  receivables.  We  refer  to the  amount  to be  deposited  in the  yield
supplement  account as total yield  supplement  deposit.  On each  determination
date,  the servicer shall  withdraw an amount to apply to  distributions  on the
certificates  on the related  payment date equal to the scheduled  shortfall for
the  previous  collection  period,  or the yield  supplement  amount.  The yield
supplement  account  will be  maintained  by the  trustee for the benefit of the
certificateholders, but will not form part of the trust. (Section ___.)

         Spread  Account.  On the closing date,  the trustee will  establish the
spread  account,  into which the seller will  deposit an amount equal to ___% of
the initial aggregate  principal balance of the  certificates.  Thereafter,  the
amount held in the spread account will increase up to the required spread amount
by the deposit of payments on the  receivables  not used to make payments to the
certificateholders  and the  servicer  for  the  monthly  servicing  fee and any
permitted  reimbursements of outstanding  advances on any payment date. Although
we intend for the  amount on deposit in the spread  account to grow over time to
equal  the  required  spread  amount  through  monthly  deposits  of any  excess
collections  on the  receivables,  we cannot  assure you that such  growth  will
actually  occur.  On each  payment  date,  any  amounts on deposit in the spread
account,  after the payment of any amounts  owed to the  certificateholders,  in
excess of the required spread amount will be distributed to the seller.

         Under the terms of the pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  the trustee
will withdraw funds from the spread account to the extent available and transfer
such funds to the certificate  account for any deficiency of Monthly Interest or
Monthly  Principal as further  described  below under "--  Distributions  on the
Certificates."

         If the balance of the spread  account is reduced to zero on any payment
date, the trust will depend solely on current  distributions  on the receivables
to  make  distributions  of  principal  and  interest  on the  certificates.  In
addition, because the market value of motor vehicles generally declines with age
and because of  difficulties  that may be encountered in enforcing motor vehicle
contracts as described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  under  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the  Receivables," the servicer may not recover the entire amount due
on such  receivables  in the event of a  repossession  and  resale of a financed
vehicle  securing a  receivable  in  default.  In such  event,  you may suffer a
corresponding  loss  which  will  be  borne  first  pro  rata  by  the  class  B
certificateholders,  up to  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  class  B
certificates, and then pro rata by the class A certificateholders.


                                       29
<PAGE>


         Payahead  Account.  On the closing date,  the servicer will establish a
payahead  account,  in the name of the  trustee  on  behalf of  obligors  on the
receivables and the certificateholders. Payments on precomputed receivables will
be deposited  and held until they are  withdrawn  and applied as payments on the
certificates.  [Insert  description of mechanism for determining the precomputed
payment schedule for specific transaction.]


Subordination of the Class B Certificates

         The rights of the class B certificateholders  to receive  distributions
with respect to the receivables will be subordinated to such rights of the class
A certificateholders to the extent described in this prospectus supplement. This
subordination  is intended to enhance the  likelihood  of timely  receipt by the
class  A  certificateholders  of the  full  amount  of  interest  and  principal
distributable  to  them  on  each  payment  date,  and to  afford  the  class  A
certificateholders  limited  protection  against  losses  due to  losses  on the
receivables.

         No   distribution   of   interest   will  be   made  to  the   class  B
certificateholders on any payment date until the full amount of interest payable
on the class A  certificates  on such payment date has been  distributed  to the
class A certificateholders, and no distribution of principal will be made to the
class B certificateholders  on any payment date until the full amount of Class A
Monthly Interest and Class A Monthly  Principal payable on such payment date has
been paid.  Distributions  of interest on the class B  certificates  will not be
subordinated to distributions of principal of the class A certificates.  Because
the  rights  of the  class B  certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  of
principal will be subordinated  to the rights of the class A  certificateholders
to receive  distributions  of interest and  principal,  the class B certificates
will be more likely than the class A certificates to suffer losses due to losses
on the receivables. If the aggregate amount of losses on the receivables exceeds
the amount on deposit in the spread account,  class B certificateholders may not
recover their initial investment in the class B certificates.

         The class A certificateholders  are protected by the right of the class
A  certificateholders  to receive  distributions  on the receivables  before the
class B  certificateholders  receive  distributions,  in the  manner  and to the
extent described above. In addition, if there are delinquencies or losses on the
receivables,  the class A  certificateholders  may be protected by the funds, if
any, on deposit in the spread account.


                                       30
<PAGE>

Advances

         With respect to each receivable delinquent more than 30 days at the end
of a collection  period, the servicer will make an advance in an amount equal to
30 days of interest but only if the servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to
recover the advance from subsequent collections on the receivable.  The servicer
will  deposit  the  advance  in  the  certificate   account  on  or  before  the
determination  date.  The  servicer  will  recover its advance  from  subsequent
payments by or on behalf of the respective obligor,  from insurance proceeds or,
upon the servicer's  determination that reimbursement from the preceding sources
is  unlikely,  will  recover  its  advance  from any  collections  made on other
receivables.

Distributions on the Certificates

         The servicer  will  deposit in the  certificate  account the  aggregate
principal  payments,  including  full and partial  prepayments  (except  certain
prepayments  in respect of  precomputed  receivables  as  described  above under
"--Accounts")  received  on  all  receivables  with  respect  to  the  preceding
collection period. The funds available for distribution on the next payment date
("Available Funds") will consist of:

         o        all payments on the simple interest receivables;

         o        the scheduled payments on precomputed receivables;

         o        the yield supplement amount for the related payment date;

         o        the net amount to be transferred  from the payahead account to
                  the collection account for the related payment date;

         o        all advances for such collection period; and

         o        the purchase amount for all receivables  that became purchased
                  receivables during the preceding collection period.

The servicer will determine the amount of funds necessary to make  distributions
of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest to the  certificateholders  and to pay
the monthly servicing fee to the servicer. If there is a deficiency with respect
to Monthly  Interest or Monthly  Principal  on any payment  date,  after  giving
effect to payments of the monthly servicing fee and permitted  reimbursements of
outstanding  advances to the servicer on such payment  date,  the servicer  will
withdraw amounts from the spread account, up to the amount on deposit in


                                       31
<PAGE>

such  account.  If there  remains a  deficiency  of Monthly  Interest or Monthly
Principal  after such a withdrawal,  the servicer will notify the trustee of the
remaining deficiency.

         On each payment date, the trustee will apply or cause to be applied the
Available Funds (plus any amounts withdrawn from the spread account) to make the
following payments in the following priority:

         (a)      without duplication,  an amount equal to the sum of the amount
                  of  outstanding  advances in respect of  receivables  (x) that
                  became  defaulted  receivables  during  the  prior  collection
                  period   plus  (y)  that  the   servicer   determines   to  be
                  unrecoverable, to the servicer;

         (b)      the monthly  servicing  fee,  including  any  overdue  monthly
                  servicing  fee, to the servicer,  to the extent not previously
                  distributed to the servicer;

         (c)      pro rata, Class A Monthly  Interest,  including  any  overdue
                  Class A Monthly Interest, to the class A certificateholders;

         (d)      pro rata, Class B Monthly  Interest,  including  any  overdue
                  Class B Monthly Interest, to the class B certificateholders;

         (e)      pro  rata, Class  A  Monthly   Principal,   to  the class  A
                  certificateholders;

         (f)      pro  rata, Class  B  Monthly   Principal,   to  the  class  B
                  certificateholders;

         (g)      the amount of  recoveries  of  advances  (to the  extent  such
                  recoveries have not previously been reimbursed to the servicer
                  pursuant to clause (a) above), to the servicer;

         (h)      the amount of  liquidation  proceeds on purchased  receivables
                  purchased by the servicer, to the servicer;

         (i)      the amount of  liquidation  proceeds on purchased  receivables
                  repurchased by the seller, to the seller; and

         (j)      the balance into the spread account.


                                       32
<PAGE>

         After all distributions  pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above have
been made for each  payment  date,  the amount of funds  remaining in the spread
account on such date, if any, in excess of the required  spread amount,  will be
distributed  by the trustee to the seller.  Any  amounts so  distributed  to the
seller will no longer be property of the trust and will not be available to make
payments to you.

         "Class A Monthly  Interest"  means, (1) for the first payment date, the
product  of the  following:  (one-twelfth  of the  class  A  pass-through  rate)
multiplied  by (the number of days from the closing date  (assuming the month of
the  closing  date has 30 days)  through the day before the first  payment  date
divided by 30)  multiplied by (the  aggregate  principal  balance of the class A
certificates  at the  closing  date) and (2) for any  subsequent  payment  date,
one-twelfth  of the product of the class A  pass-through  rate and the aggregate
principal  balance of the class A certificates as of the  immediately  preceding
payment  date (after  giving  effect to any  distribution  of Monthly  Principal
required to be made on such preceding payment date).

         "Class A Monthly  Principal" for any payment date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the aggregate  principal balance of the class A certificates
to ____% of the aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances of the receivables on the
last day of the preceding  collection period;  provided,  however,  that Class A
Monthly  Principal on the final scheduled  payment date will equal the aggregate
principal  balance of the class A certificates  on such date. For the purpose of
determining  Class A  Monthly  Principal,  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of a
defaulted receivable or a purchased receivable is deemed to be zero on and after
the  last  day of the  collection  period  in  which  such  receivable  became a
defaulted receivable or a purchased receivable.

         "Class B Monthly  Interest"  means, (1) for the first payment date, the
product  of the  following:  (one-twelfth  of the  class  B  pass-through  rate)
multiplied  by (the number of days from the closing date  (assuming the month of
the  closing  date has 30 days)  through the day before the first  payment  date
divided by 30)  multiplied by (the  aggregate  principal  balance of the class B
certificates  at the  closing  date) and (2) for any  subsequent  payment  date,
one-twelfth  of the product of the class B  pass-through  rate and the aggregate
principal  balance of the class B certificates as of the  immediately  preceding
payment  date (after  giving  effect to any  distribution  of Monthly  Principal
required to be made on such preceding payment date).

         "Class B Monthly  Principal" for any payment date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the aggregate  principal balance of the class B certificates
to ____% of the sum of the


                                       33
<PAGE>

aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances of the receivables on the last day of the
preceding collection period;  provided,  however, that Class B Monthly Principal
on the final scheduled  payment date will equal the aggregate  principal balance
of the class B certificates on such date. For the purpose of determining Class B
Monthly Principal,  the unpaid principal balance of a defaulted  receivable or a
purchased  receivable  is  deemed  to be zero on and  after  the last day of the
collection  period in which such receivable  became a defaulted  receivable or a
purchased receivable.

         A defaulted  receivable for any collection  period is any receivable as
to which any of the following has occurred: (1) any payment, or part thereof, in
excess  of $10 is 120  days  or  more  delinquent  as of the  last  day of  such
collection period; (2) the financed vehicle that secures the receivable has been
repossessed;  or (3) the receivable has been determined to be  uncollectable  in
accordance with the servicer's  customary  practices on or prior to the last day
of such collection  period;  provided,  however,  that any receivable  which the
seller or the servicer is obligated to  repurchase  or purchase  pursuant to the
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  defaulted
receivable.

         "Monthly Interest" for any payment date will equal the sum of the Class
A Monthly Interest and the class B Monthly Interest.


         As an  administrative  convenience,  the servicer  will be permitted to
make the deposit of collections and aggregate  advances and purchase amounts for
a purchased or  repurchased  receivables  for or with respect to the  collection
period,  net of  distributions to be made to the servicer or seller with respect
to the collection period. The servicer, however, will account to the trustee and
to the  certificateholders  as if  all  deposits  and  distributions  were  made
individually.

         The  following  chart sets forth an example of the  application  of the
foregoing provisions to the first payment date on _________________:

__________________ .....................Collection Period. The servicer receives
                                        monthly payments, prepayments, and other
                                        proceeds  in respect of the  receivables
                                        and  deposits  them  in the  collection
                                        account.  The  servicer  may  deduct the
                                        monthly    Servicing   fee   from   such
                                        deposits.

__________________......................Determination  Date.  The  determination
                                        date is the second  business  day before
                                        the  payment  date.  On or  before  this
                                        date,   the   servicer    delivers   the
                                        servicer's certificate setting forth the
                                        amounts to be distributed on the payment
                                        date and  notifying  the  trustee of any
                                        deficiencies.

__________________  ....................Record   Date.   Distributions   on  the
                                        payment    date    are    made   to
                                        certificateholders   of  record  at  the
                                        close of business on this date.

__________________......................Payment  Date.  The payment  date is the
                                        eighth  calendar day of the month, or if
                                        such  day is  not a  business  day,  the
                                        first  business  day   thereafter.   The
                                        trustee  withdraws funds from the spread
                                        account,  if  necessary,  to pay Monthly
                                        Principal   and   Monthly   Interest  to
                                        certificateholders  as described in this
                                        prospectus   supplement.   The   trustee
                                        distributes    to     certificateholders
                                        amounts   payable   in  respect  of  the
                                        certificates   and  pays   the   monthly
                                        servicing   fee   to  the   extent   not
                                        previously paid.

                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

       Unless and until  definitive  certificates  are issued  (which will occur
only under the limited circumstances  described in this prospectus  supplement),
____________________________,  as  trustee,  will  provide  monthly  and  annual
statements  concerning the trust and the certificates to Cede & Co., the nominee
of The Depository Trust Company, as registered holder of the certificates.  Such
statements will not constitute  financial statements prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  A copy of the most recent monthly or
annual  statement  concerning the trust and the  certificates may be obtained by
contacting the servicer at Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219 (telephone (317) 231-7939).



                                       34
<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA Considerations" in
the  accompanying  prospectus,  the class A  certificates  may be  eligible  for
purchase by an employee  benefit  plan or an  individual  retirement  account (a
"Benefit  Plan")  subject  to Title I of ERISA or Section  4975 of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code").  A fiduciary of a Benefit Plan
must determine that the purchase of a class A certificate is consistent with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional  information  regarding  treatment of the class A certificates  under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.

       Benefit Plans should not purchase class B certificates  because the class
B certificates are subordinate to the class A certificates.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
underwriting  agreement for the sale of the certificates,  dated ______________,
the seller has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters named below severally
agreed to purchase the principal  amount of the certificates set forth below its
name below:

                         Principal Amount of              Principal Amount of
Underwriters            Class A Certificates             Class B Certificates
------------            --------------------             --------------------
                       $                              $

                       $                              $

         Total         $                              $

         In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth  therein,  to purchase all the  certificates
offered by the seller.

         The underwriters propose to offer part of the certificates  directly to
you at the prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus  supplement and
part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of
_____%  of the  denominations  of the  class A  certificates  or  _____%  of the
denominations  of the class B certificates.  The underwriters may allow and such
dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of _____% of the denominations of
the  class  A  certificates  or  _____%  of the  denominations  of the  class  B
certificates.

         The seller and UAC have agreed to indemnify  the  underwriters  against
certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.



                                       35
<PAGE>

         The  underwriters  tell us that  they  intend  to make a market  in the
certificates,  as permitted by applicable  laws and  regulations.  However,  the
underwriters are not obligated to make a market in the certificates and any such
market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time at the sole  discretion  of the
underwriters.  Accordingly, we give no assurances regarding the liquidity of, or
trading markets for, the certificates.

         In connection with this offering,  the  underwriters  may over-allot or
effect  transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the class A
certificates  at a level  above that which might  otherwise  prevail in the open
market. Such stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

         In the ordinary course of their businesses,  the underwriters and their
affiliates  have  engaged and may in the future  engage in  investment  banking,
commercial  banking and other  advisory  or  commercial  relationships  with the
seller, UAC and their affiliates.

         The seller will receive proceeds of approximately  $_____________  from
the sale of the class A certificates (representing approximately  _____________%
of  the  principal  amount  of  the  class  A  certificates)  after  paying  the
underwriting    discount   of   $_____________    (representing    approximately
_____________%  of the  principal  amount  of the  class  A  certificates),  and
approximately   $_____________  from  the  sale  of  the  class  B  certificates
(representing approximately  _____________% of the principal amount of the class
B  certificates)  after  paying  the  underwriting  discount  of  $_____________
(representing approximately  _____________% of the principal amount of the class
B certificates). Additional offering expenses are estimated to be
$-------------.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the certificates  will be passed upon
for the  seller  by  Barnes  &  Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and for the
Underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences with respect to the certificates will be passed upon for the seller
by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft.



                                       36
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         We have listed below the terms used in this  prospectus  supplement and
the pages where definitions of the terms can be found.

ABS ........................................................           S-22
Available Funds ............................................           S-31
Benefit Plan ...............................................           S-35
Class A Monthly Interest....................................           S-33
Class A Monthly Principal ..................................           S-33
Class B Monthly Interest....................................           S-33
Class B Monthly Principal ..................................           S-33
Code .......................................................           S-35
ERISA ......................................................           S-35
Monthly Interest ...........................................           S-34
Monthly Principal ..........................................           S-33
UAC ........................................................           S-5
UAFC .......................................................           S-8

<PAGE>

                               [BASE PROSPECTUS]


PROSPECTUS

                                UACSC Auto Trusts
                             Asset Backed Securities

                         UAC Securitization Corporation,
                                     seller

                          Union Acceptance Corporation,
                                    servicer

The trusts--

         o        A new  trust  will be  formed  to issue  each  series of asset
                  backed securities.

         o        The  primary  assets of each  trust  will be a pool of new and
                  used automobile  retail  installment sale and installment loan
                  contracts secured by new and used vehicles.

         o        Each trust will hold  security or  ownership  interests in the
                  vehicles financed under the trust's receivables,  any proceeds
                  from claims on certain related insurance policies,  amounts on
                  deposit  in the  trust  accounts  identified  in  the  related
                  prospectus supplement and any credit enhancement  arrangements
                  specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         o        If specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the trust
                  will own funds on deposit in a pre-funding  account which will
                  be used to purchase  additional  receivables during the period
                  specified in the related prospectus supplement.

The offered securities--

         o        will represent  beneficial  interests in or obligations of the
                  related trust;

         o        will be paid only from the assets of the related trust;

         o        will be  rated  by one or more  nationally  recognized  rating
                  agencies on the related closing date;

         o        may benefit from one or more forms of credit enhancement; and

         o        will be  issued as part of a  designated  series,  which  will
                  include one or more classes of notes and/or certificates.

         Consider  carefully  the  risk  factors  beginning  on  page 10 in this
prospectus.

         The securities of a given series represent  beneficial  interests in or
obligations  of the  related  trust  only.  Such  securities  do  not  represent
obligations  of or  interests  in,  and are not  guaranteed  or  insured  by UAC
Securitization  Corporation,  Union  Acceptance  Corporation  or  any  of  their
affiliates.

         This  prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series of securities
only if accompanied by the related prospectus supplement.


         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved  of these  securities or determined  that
this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.


             The date of this prospectus is _______________________.

<PAGE>

              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
                PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT


         We tell  you  about  the  securities  in two  separate  documents  that
progressively  provide more detail: (1) this prospectus,  which provides general
information,  some of which may not apply to a particular  series of securities,
including your series;  and (2) the related  prospectus  supplement,  which will
describe the specific terms of your series of securities, including:

o        the timing of interest and principal payments;

o        the priority of interest and principal payments;

o        financial and other information about the receivables;

o        information about credit enhancement for each class;

o        the ratings of each class; and

o        the method for selling the securities.

         If the  descriptions of a particular  series of securities vary between
this  prospectus  and  the  prospectus  supplement,   you  should  rely  on  the
information in the prospectus supplement.

         You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and
the related  prospectus  supplement,  including the information  incorporated by
reference.  We have not authorized  anyone to provide you with any additional or
different  information.  The information in the related prospectus supplement is
only accurate as of the date of the related  prospectus  supplement.  We are not
offering the securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

         We  include  cross-references  in this  prospectus  and in the  related
prospectus  supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further
related discussions. The following table of contents provides the pages on which
these captions are located.

         In this  prospectus  and in any  related  prospectus  supplement,  "we"
refers to the seller,  UAC Securitization  Corporation,  and "you" refers to any
prospective investor in the securities.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF TERMS..................................   4
RISK FACTORS......................................  10
   If the Trust Does Not Have a Perfected
     Security Interest in a Financed Vehicle,
     It May Not Be Able to Collect on the
     Receivable...................................  10
   If a Receivables Transfer Is Not a Sale,
     the Insolvency of UAC or Its Affiliates
     Could Reduce Payments to You.................  10
   UAC and Its Affiliates Have Limited
     Obligations to Make Payments to the

      Trusts......................................  11
   Each Trust Will Have Limited Assets ...........  12
   Payments on Some Securities May Be
     Subordinated to Payments on

     Other Securities.............................  12
   Rapid Prepayments May Reduce Your
     Anticipated Yield............................  12
     Indirect Exercise of Rights Due to
     Book-Entry Registration......................  13
   Pre-Funding May Reduce Your

     Anticipated Yield............................  13
THE TRUSTS........................................  15
   The Owner Trustee and the
     Indenture Trustee............................  16
THE RECEIVABLES POOLS.............................  16
   General........................................  16
   Underwriting Procedures........................  17
   Allocation of Payments.........................  17
   Delinquencies, Repossessions
     and Net Losses...............................  18
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF
   THE SECURITIES.................................  18
POOL FACTORS AND OTHER POOL
   INFORMATION....................................  19
USE OF PROCEEDS...................................  19
UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
   AND AFFILIATES.................................  20
   UAC Finance Corporation........................  20
   Union Acceptance Funding Corporation...........  20
   UAFC Corporation, UAFC-1 Corporation
     and UAFC-2 Corporation.......................  20
   UAC Securitization Corporation.................  20
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES.....................  21
   General........................................  21
   Payments of Principal and Interest.............  21
   Book-Entry Registration........................  21
   Definitive Securities..........................  23
   Statements to Securityholders..................  23
   List of Securityholders........................  24
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND
   SERVICING AGREEMENTS...........................  24
   Sale and Assignment of Receivables.............  24
   Sale and Assignment of Subsequent
     Receivables..................................  25
   Accounts.......................................  26
   Servicing Procedures...........................  28
   Collections....................................  29
   Advances.......................................  29
   Servicing Compensation and
     Payment of Expenses..........................  29
   Payments and Distributions.....................  30
   Credit Enhancement.............................  30
   Evidence of Compliance.........................  31
   Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer.........  31
   Servicer Defaults..............................  32
   Rights Upon Servicer Default...................  32
   Waiver of Past Defaults........................  32
   Amendment......................................  33
   Termination....................................  33
THE INDENTURE.....................................  33
   Default under the Indenture....................  34
   Certain Covenants..............................  35
   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture........  35
   Modification of Indenture......................  35
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF
   THE RECEIVABLES................................  36
   Security Interest in Vehicles..................  36
   Repossession...................................  38
   Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights..............  38
   Deficiency Judgments and
     Excess Proceeds..............................  38
   Consumer Protection Laws.......................  39
   Other Limitations..............................  40
   Bankruptcy Matters.............................  40
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
   CONSEQUENCES...................................  40
FASITs ...........................................41
TRUSTS TREATED AS
   PARTNERSHIPS...................................  41
   Tax Characterization of the Trust
     as a Partnership.............................  41
   Tax Consequences to Holders

     of the Notes ................................  41
   Tax Consequences to Holders of the
     Certificates.................................  43
TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR
   TRUSTS.........................................  47
   Tax Characterization of Grantor Trusts.........  47
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS..............................  51
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION..............................  53
LEGAL MATTERS.....................................  53
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION...............  53
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..........................  54

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

o        This summary highlights  selected  information from this prospectus and
         does not contain  all of the  information  that you should  consider in
         making your investment decision. To understand all of the terms of this
         offering,  read the entire  prospectus and the accompanying  prospectus
         supplement.

o        The  definitions of and  references to  capitalized  terms used in this
         prospectus  can be  found  on the  pages  indicated  in the  "Index  of
         Principal Terms" on page 54 of this prospectus.

Issuer

The issuer with  respect to any series of notes  and/or  certificates  will be a
trust.  If the trust  issues  notes and  certificates,  the trust will be formed
under a trust and servicing  agreement between the seller,  the servicer and the
owner trustee. If the trust only issues  certificates,  the trust will be formed
under a pooling and servicing  agreement among the seller,  the servicer and the
trustee.

Seller

UAC Securitization Corporation will be the seller in connection with each trust.
The seller's principal  executive offices are located at 9240 Bonita Beach Road,
Suite 1109-A,  Bonita Springs,  Florida 34135, and its telephone number is (941)
948-1850.

Servicer

Union  Acceptance  Corporation  ("UAC") will be the servicer of each trust.  The
servicer's  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at 250 North  Shadeland
Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219, and its telephone number is (317) 231-2717.

Trustee

The trustee or owner trustee will be specified in the prospectus  supplement for
each trust.

Indenture Trustee

The indenture trustee with respect to any series of securities that includes one
or more classes of notes will be the indenture  trustee specified in the related
prospectus supplement.

The Notes

A series of  securities  issued by a trust may  include  one or more  classes of
notes. Each class of notes of a series will be issued under an indenture between
the applicable trust and the related indenture  trustee.  We will specify in the
related  prospectus  supplement which class or classes of notes, if any, will be
offered in connection with the issuance of a series.

Generally,  each  class  of notes  will  have a stated  note  principal  balance
specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement  and the  notes  will  accrue
interest on the stated note principal balance at a specified rate. Each class of
notes  may  have a  different  interest  rate,  which  may be  fixed,  variable,
adjustable,  or any  combination  of fixed,  variable  and  adjustable.  We will
specify the interest rate for each class of notes or the method for  determining
such  interest  rate  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  In  the  related
prospectus  supplement  we will  specify  the  timing  and  amount of  principal
payments  or the method  for  determining  the  timing  and amount of  principal
payments of each class of notes.

If a series  includes two or more classes of notes,  as specified in the related
prospectus supplement, each class may differ as to:

         o        timing and/or priority of payments;

         o        seniority and/or allocation of payments and losses;

         o        calculation and rate of interest;

         o        amount of payments of principal or interest;

         o        dependence of payments upon the occurrence of specified events
                  or upon collections from certain designated receivables; and

         o        any combination of the above.

The Certificates

A series of  securities  issued by a trust may  include  one or more  classes of
certificates.  We will issue each class of  certificates of a series pursuant to
the related trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement. We
will  specify in the  related  prospectus  supplement  which class or classes of
certificates,  if any,  of the  related  series  are  being  offered  for  sale.
Generally,  each class of offered  certificates  will have a stated  certificate
principal balance and will accrue interest on such class certificate  balance at
a specified pass-through rate. See "Description of the Securities -- Payments of
Principal and Interest."

The  pass-through  rate applicable to each class of  certificates  may be fixed,
variable, adjustable or any combination of fixed, variable and adjustable.

We  will  specify  the  pass-through  rate or the  method  for  determining  the
applicable  pass-through  rate for each  class of  certificates  in the  related
prospectus supplement.  A series of certificates may include two or more classes
of certificates that may differ as to:

         o        timing and/or priority of distributions;

         o        seniority and/or allocations of distributions and losses;

         o        calculation and pass-through rate of interest;

         o        amount of distributions in respect of principal or interest;

         o        dependence of payments upon the occurrence of specified events
                  or upon collections from certain designated receivables; or

         o        any combination of the above.

Strip Securities

If provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  a series may include one or
more classes of strip notes or strip certificates entitled to:

         o        interest  payments  with   disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
                  principal payments or

         o        principal  payments  with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
                  interest payments.

Book Entry Securities

We expect that the securities will be available in book-entry form only and will
be  available  for  purchase  in minimum  denominations  of $1,000 and  integral
multiples thereof,  except that one security of each class may be issued in such
denomination as is required to include any residual amount.  You will be able to
receive  definitive  securities  only  in the  limited  circumstances  described
elsewhere  in this  prospectus  or in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  See
"Description of the Securities -- Definitive Securities."

Prepayment of Securities Due to Purchase

To the extent  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer or
another entity will be entitled to purchase the  receivables  from a trust or to
cause such  receivables to be purchased by another  entity when the  outstanding
principal balance of the receivables or a class of securities has declined below
a specified  level. If the servicer or any such other entity  exercises any such
option to  purchase  the  receivables,  the trust will  prepay  the  outstanding
securities.  See  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  --
Termination." In addition,  if the related prospectus  supplement  provides that
the property of a trust will include a  pre-funding  account for the purchase of
receivables  for a specified  funding period after the closing date, one or more
classes  of  securities  may be  subject to a partial  prepayment  of  principal
following  the  end of the  funding  period,  in the  manner  and to the  extent
specified in the related prospectus supplement. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding Account."

The Trust Property

Unless the related prospectus  supplement specifies  otherwise,  the property of
each trust will include:

         o        a pool of simple interest and precomputed interest installment
                  sale and  installment  loan contracts  secured by new and used
                  vehicles;

         o        certain amounts due or received from the receivables after the
                  cutoff date specified in the related prospectus supplement;

         o        security  interests  in  the  vehicles  financed  through  the
                  receivables;

         o        any right to recourse UAC has against the dealers who sold the
                  financed vehicles;

         o        proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies;

         o        certain rights under the related  purchase  agreement to cause
                  UAC  to  repurchase   receivables   affected   materially  and
                  adversely by breaches of the representations and warranties of
                  UAC; and

         o        all proceeds of the above.

The property of each trust also will  include  amounts on deposit in, or certain
rights with  respect to,  certain  accounts,  including  the related  collection
account  and  any  pre-funding  account,  spread  account  (or  cash  collateral
account),  payment  account,  yield  supplement  account  or any  other  account
identified in the applicable  prospectus  supplement.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts."

The receivables arise, or will arise, from:

(1)      motor  vehicle  installment  sale  contracts  that were  originated  by
         dealers  for  assignment  to  UAC  (directly  or  through  UAC  Finance
         Corporation,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of UAC  ("UACFC"),  or Union
         Federal  Savings Bank of  Indianapolis,  UAC's  predecessor  and parent
         corporation before August 7, 1995) or

(2)      motor  vehicle  loan  contracts  that were  solicited  by  dealers  for
         origination by UAC, UACFC or UAC's predecessor.

One or more of UAFC Corporation, UAFC-1 Corporation or UAFC-2 Corporation (each,
a "Funding  Subsidiary") will sell all the receivables to be included in a trust
to the seller. Then, the seller will transfer the receivables to the trust.

Immediately after UAC originates or otherwise acquires the automobile receivable
contracts, UAC sells the receivables to its subsidiary, Union Acceptance Funding
Corporation  ("UAFC"),  which  subsequently  sells the receivables to one of the
Funding  Subsidiaries.  From  time to time,  UAC  repurchases  from the  Funding
Subsidiaries or the trusts receivables which are modified to provide a different
monthly  payment or longer  term to maturity  or a  different  contract  rate of
interest.  Any  modified  receivables  to be  included  in a  trust  with  other
receivables  will be sold by UAC to UAFCC for  subsequent  resale to the  seller
pursuant to the purchase agreement.

Payment of the amount due to the registered  lienholder under each receivable is
secured by a first perfected  security interest in the related financed vehicle.
UAFC, UAC, UACFC or UAC's predecessor is or will be the registered lienholder on
the certificate of title of each of the financed vehicles.

The receivables for each  receivables  pool will be selected from the automobile
receivable  portfolio of one or more of the Funding Subsidiaries or, in the case
of any  modified  receivables  to be  included in the trust,  UAC,  based on the
criteria  specified in the related trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and
servicing  agreement and  described in this  prospectus  under "The  Receivables
Pools,"  "Description  of the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  -- Sale and
Assignment  of  Receivables"   and  "  --  Sale  and  Assignment  of  Subsequent
Receivables,"  and in the related  prospectus  supplement under "The Receivables
Pool."

On the date a series of securities is issued, the seller will convey receivables
to the related trust in the aggregate  principal  amount provided in the related
prospectus supplement.

Pre-Funded Receivables

With  respect  to any  series of  securities,  the  trust may agree to  purchase
additional  receivables from the seller following the date on which the trust is
established  and the related  securities  are issued.  See  "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Accounts -- Pre-Funding  Account." We will
describe any such pre-funding arrangement in the related prospectus supplement.

Credit Enhancement

A trust may provide any one or more of the following forms of credit enhancement
for one or more class or classes of  securities  to the extent  described in the
related prospectus supplement:

         o        subordination  of one or more other  classes of  securities of
                  the same series,

         o        spread accounts (or cash collateral accounts),

         o        yield supplement accounts,

         o        insurance policies,

         o        surety bonds,

         o        letters of credit,

         o        credit or liquidity facilities,

         o        over-collateralization,

         o        guaranteed investment contracts,

         o        swaps or other interest rate protection agreements,

         o        repurchase obligations,

         o        other  agreements  providing  third-party  payments  or  other
                  support,

         o        cash deposits, or

         o        any other arrangements described in the prospectus supplement.

We will describe any form of credit  enhancement,  including any limitations and
exclusions  from  coverage,  with  respect  to a trust or class  or  classes  of
securities in the related prospectus supplement.

Transfer and Servicing Agreements

Each  Funding  Subsidiary  will  sell  the  receivables  to the  seller  without
recourse,  pursuant to the related  purchase  agreement  among UAC,  the Funding
Subsidiary and the seller. If the trust will issue one or more classes of notes,
the trust will pledge the receivables and the trust's  property to the indenture
trustee as collateral for repayment of the notes. In addition, the servicer will
agree in the related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling and  servicing
agreement to service,  manage,  maintain  custody of and make collections on the
related receivables.

Unless otherwise  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer
will advance  funds to cover 30 days of interest due on any  receivable  that is
more than 30 days delinquent. The servicer will make such an advance only if the
servicer  expects  to recover  such  advance  from  subsequent  payments  on the
receivable.  Advances by the  servicer  will  increase the funds  available  for
distributions  to  securityholders  on a payment  date,  but the  servicer  will
recover such advances from  subsequent  payments of the  receivables  or, to the
extent set forth in the related prospectus  supplement,  from insurance proceeds
or withdrawals  from any spread account or other available  credit  enhancement.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Advances."

Repurchase of Receivables by UAC or the Servicer

UAC must  repurchase from the trust any receivable in which the interest of such
trust is materially and adversely  affected by a breach of any representation or
warranty  made by UAC and/or the  applicable  Funding  Subsidiary in the related
purchase agreement, unless such breach is cured in a timely manner following the
discovery by or notice to UAC.

In addition, the servicer must purchase any receivable if:

         (1)      among  other  things,  without  being  ordered  to  do so by a
                  bankruptcy  court or  otherwise  being  mandated  by law,  the
                  servicer:

                  o        reduces  the  rate  of  interest  under  the  related
                           receivable contract,

                  o        changes the amount of the scheduled  monthly payments
                           or the amount financed, or

                  o        fails to  maintain a perfected  security  interest in
                           the related financed vehicle,

         and

         (2)      the  interest of the  securityholders  in such  receivable  is
                  materially and adversely affected by such action or failure to
                  act of the servicer.

If the servicer extends the date for final payment by the obligor on the related
receivable  beyond  the  latest  final  scheduled  maturity  date for any  class
specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the servicer must purchase the
receivable on such final  scheduled  maturity date.  Except as described  above,
none of UAC, the  applicable  Funding  Subsidiary,  the trust or the seller will
have any other obligation with respect to the receivables or the securities. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Receivables."

The servicer will receive a monthly fee for servicing  the  receivables  of each
trust. The monthly  servicing fee will be equal to (1) the monthly servicing fee
rate multiplied by (2) the aggregate  principal  balance of the receivables pool
as of the beginning of the related collection period. In addition,  the servicer
will receive certain late fees, prepayment charges and other administrative fees
or similar  charges.  The  servicer may also receive  investment  earnings  from
certain  accounts and other cash flows with respect to a trust. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation and Payment
of Expenses."

Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables; Repurchase Obligations

In  connection  with the sale of  receivables  by a  Funding  Subsidiary  to the
seller,  by the seller to a trust,  and, in the case of a series of notes issued
by the trust,  the pledge of the  receivables  and the  trust's  property to the
indenture  trustee,  security interests in the related financed vehicles will be
assigned by the  Funding  Subsidiary  to the seller,  by the seller to the trust
and,  if  applicable,  by the  trust  to the  indenture  trustee.  However,  the
certificates  of title to such financed  vehicles will not be amended to reflect
the  assignments  to the seller or to the trust,  or the grant to the  indenture
trustee.  In the absence of such amendments,  the trust or the indenture trustee
may not have a perfected security interest in the financed vehicles securing the
receivables in some states.

Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement,  UAC must
repurchase from a trust any receivable sold to such trust as to which all action
necessary to secure a first perfected  security interest in the related financed
vehicle in the name of UAFC, UAC, UACFC or UAC's  predecessor has not been taken
as of the date such receivable is purchased by such trust, if:

         (1)      such breach  materially and adversely  affects the interest of
                  the related securityholders in such receivable, and

         (2)      such  breach  is not  cured  by the  end of the  second  month
                  following the discovery by or notice to UAC of such breach.

If a trust or the indenture trustee does not have a perfected  security interest
in a financed vehicle,  it may not be able to enforce its rights to repossess or
otherwise collect on the financed vehicle. If the trust or the indenture trustee
has a perfected  security  interest in the  financed  vehicle,  the trust or the
indenture  trustee  will have a prior claim over  subsequent  purchasers  of the
financed  vehicle  and holders of  subsequently  perfected  security  interests.
However,  a trust or indenture  trustee could lose its security  interest or the
priority of its security interest in a financed vehicle due to liens for repairs
of financed  vehicles due to liens for unpaid taxes by the related  obligor,  or
through  fraud or negligence of a third party.  None of the seller,  UAFC,  UAC,
UACFC or UAC's  predecessor  will be required to  repurchase a  receivable  with
respect to which a trust or indenture trustee loses its security interest or the
priority of its  security  interest in the related  financed  vehicle  after the
closing date as a result of any such  mechanic's  lien, tax lien or the fraud or
negligence of a third party.

Creditors  such as UAC and UACFC are  required to comply with  federal and state
consumer  protection  laws  in  connection  with  originating,   purchasing  and
collecting consumer debt such as the receivables.  Certain of these laws provide
that an assignee of such a receivable (such as a trust or an indenture  trustee)
is liable to the related obligor for any violation of such laws by the creditor.
Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  prospectus  supplement,  UAC must
repurchase  from  the  trust  any  receivable  that  fails  to  comply  with the
requirements of such consumer protection laws on the closing date if:

         (1)      such failure materially and adversely affects the interests of
                  the related securityholders in such receivable; and

         (2)      such  breach  is not  cured  by the  end of the  second  month
                  following the discovery by or notice to UAC of such breach.

UAC must  repurchase any such receivable for which there is an uncured breach on
or before the date that such breach is required to be cured.  See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables."

Tax Considerations

If the  prospectus  supplement  does not specify that the related  trust will be
treated as a grantor trust, upon the issuance of a series of securities, special
federal  tax  counsel  to  such  trust  identified  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement will deliver an opinion to the effect that:

     o   any  notes of such  series  will or,  if so  specified  in the  related
         prospectus  supplement,  should  be  characterized  as debt,  or may be
         characterized as either debt or equity for federal income tax purposes;
         and

     o   such trust will not be  characterized  as an association (or a publicly
         traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation  for federal  income tax
         purposes.

If a prospectus  supplement specifies that the related trust is a grantor trust,
federal tax counsel  will  deliver an opinion to the effect that such trust will
be treated as a grantor  trust for federal  income tax  purposes and will not be
subject to federal  income  tax.  See  "Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  for
additional  information regarding the application of federal tax laws to a trust
and the related securities.

ERISA Considerations

Subject to the  considerations  discussed under "ERISA  Considerations"  in this
prospectus  and  in the  related  prospectus  supplement  and  unless  otherwise
provided  therein,  any securities  that meet certain U. S.  Department of Labor
requirements  are eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans subject to the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA").  Notes
that are treated as indebtedness  under  applicable  local law and which have no
substantial  equity features may be acquired by such employee  benefit plans, if
certain representations are made on behalf of such plans.  Certificates might or
might not be eligible for purchase by employee  benefit  plans subject to ERISA.
However,  a class of  certificates  that is  subordinated  to any other class of
certificates of the same series may not be acquired by any such employee benefit
plan subject to ERISA or an  individual  retirement  account,  unless limits are
placed  on the  aggregate  number of  certificates  such  plans  and  individual
retirement  accounts can purchase and hold.  The related  prospectus  supplement
will  indicate  if we do not  believe  a class of  securities  is  eligible  for
purchase by such plans. See "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus and in the
related prospectus supplement.

Ratings

To the extent  described in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the securities
must  be  rated  by  one  or  more  nationally  recognized   statistical  rating
organizations.  A rating is not a recommendation  to purchase,  hold or sell the
securities  because a rating does not comment as to market price or  suitability
for a particular  investor.  Ratings of securities address the likelihood of the
payment of principal and interest on the securities  pursuant to their terms. We
cannot assure you that any rating will remain for a given period of time or that
any rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  entirely by a rating  agency.  For
more  detailed  information  regarding  the  ratings  assigned  to any  class of
securities of a particular  series,  see "Summary of Terms -- Ratings" and "Risk
Factors -- A Change in the Note Ratings May  Adversely  Affect the Notes" in the
related prospectus supplement.


<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should  carefully  consider the risk factors set forth below before
purchasing any securities of any series.

If the Trust Does Not Have a Perfected
Security Interest in a Financed
Vehicle, It May Not Be Able to Collect
on the Receivable                     Simultaneously    with    each   sale   of
                                      receivables,  one or more  of the  Funding
                                      Subsidiaries  will  assign to the  seller,
                                      the  seller  will  assign  to the  related
                                      trust,  and,  in the case of a  series  of
                                      notes issued by the trust,  the trust will
                                      pledge to the indenture trustee,  security
                                      interests   in   the   related    financed
                                      vehicles. Due to administrative burden and
                                      expense,   however,  the  certificates  of
                                      title to such  financed  vehicles will not
                                      be amended to reflect the  assignments  to
                                      the  seller,  the  trust or the  indenture
                                      trustee.    In   the   absence   of   such
                                      amendments,   a  trust  or  the  indenture
                                      trustee may not have a perfected  security
                                      interest in such financed vehicles in some
                                      states.

                                      If a trust or the  indenture  trustee does
                                      not have a perfected  security interest in
                                      a financed vehicle,  it may not be able to
                                      enforce   its  rights  to   repossess   or
                                      otherwise collect on such financed vehicle
                                      in the event of a default by the  obligor.
                                      As  such,   the  trust  or  the  indenture
                                      trustee may be adversely  affected by such
                                      failure.  If the trust's or the  indenture
                                      trustee's  security interest in a financed
                                      vehicle  is  perfected,  the  trust or the
                                      indenture  trustee will have a prior claim
                                      over   subsequent   purchasers   of   such
                                      financed    vehicle    and    holders   of
                                      subsequently perfected security interests.
                                      However,   the  trust  or  the   indenture
                                      trustee  could lose its security  interest
                                      or the priority of its  security  interest
                                      in a  financed  vehicle  due to liens  for
                                      repairs of such financed  vehicle,  due to
                                      liens  for  taxes  unpaid  by the  related
                                      obligor or through the fraud or negligence
                                      of a  third  party.  None  of the  seller,
                                      UAFC, UAC, UACFC or UAC's predecessor will
                                      have  any   obligation   to  repurchase  a
                                      receivable  in respect of which a trust or
                                      the  indenture  trustee loses its security
                                      interest or the  priority of its  security
                                      interest in the related  financed  vehicle
                                      as the result of any such mechanic's lien,
                                      tax lien or fraud or negligence  occurring
                                      after the date such security  interest was
                                      conveyed  to the  trust  or the  indenture
                                      trustee. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
                                      Receivables   --   Security   Interest  in
                                      Vehicles"   and   "--Consumer   Protection
                                      Laws."

If a Receivables Transfer Is Not a
Sale, the Insolvency of UAC or Its
Affiliates Could Reduce Payments
to You                                UAC and the applicable  Funding Subsidiary
                                      will   warrant   to  the  seller  in  each
                                      purchase  agreement  that the sales of the
                                      receivables  by the Funding  Subsidiary to
                                      the  seller,  and  by  the  seller  to the
                                      related  trust,  respectively,  are  valid
                                      sales of the receivables to the seller and
                                      to  such   trust.   The  benefit  of  such
                                      warranty will be assigned by the seller to
                                      each  trust  in  the  related   trust  and
                                      servicing   agreement   or   pooling   and
                                      servicing  agreement  and further,  in the
                                      case of a series  of notes  issued  by the
                                      related  trust,  will be  assigned  by the
                                      related  trust to the  indenture  trustee.
                                      However,  the interest of the trust or the
                                      indenture trustee could be affected by the
                                      insolvency  of UAC or  its  affiliates  as
                                      follows:

                                      (1)  If  UAC,   UACFC,   UAFC,  a  Funding
                                           Subsidiary  or the  seller  becomes a
                                           debtor  in a  bankruptcy  case  and a
                                           creditor or  trustee-in-bankruptcy of
                                           such  debtor  or such  debtor  itself
                                           claims  that the sale of  receivables
                                           to  the  seller  or  such  trust,  as
                                           applicable,  constitutes  a pledge of
                                           such  receivables to secure a loan by
                                           such    debtor,    then   delays   in
                                           distributions  on the  receivables to
                                           securityholders  could occur.  If the
                                           court  rules  in  favor  of any  such
                                           bankruptcy   trustee,   creditor   or
                                           debtor,   then   reductions   in  the
                                           amounts   of  such   payments   could
                                           result.

                                      (2)  If the transfer of receivables to the
                                           seller or any trust is  treated  as a
                                           pledge  rather than a sale,  a tax or
                                           government  lien on the  property  of
                                           the applicable  Funding Subsidiary or
                                           the   seller   arising   before   the
                                           transfer of such  receivables to such
                                           trust  may have  priority  over  such
                                           trust's interest in such receivables.

                                      However,  if the transfers of  receivables
                                      from  UAC  and  the   applicable   Funding
                                      Subsidiary  to the  seller  and  from  the
                                      seller to the trust are  treated as sales,
                                      the receivables  would not be part of such
                                      Funding   Subsidiary's   or  the  seller's
                                      bankruptcy   estate   and   would  not  be
                                      available  to  creditors  of  the  Funding
                                      Subsidiary  or the  seller.  See  "Certain
                                      Legal  Aspects  of  the   Receivables   --
                                      Bankruptcy Matters."

UAC and its Affiliates Have Limited
Obligations to Make Payments
to the Trusts                         Generally,  none of the seller, UAFC, UAC,
                                      UACFC   or   UAC's   predecessor   on  the
                                      certificates  of  title  to  the  financed
                                      vehicles (or any of their affiliates) will
                                      be  obligated  to make any  payments  to a
                                      trust in respect of the related securities
                                      or receivables.  The limited circumstances
                                      under  which UAC will be  required to make
                                      payments  to  a  trust   relate  to  UAC's
                                      obligation  to  repurchase  from the trust
                                      any receivables  with respect to which UAC
                                      has  breached  any   representations   and
                                      warranties made in the purchase agreements
                                      and such breach  materially  and adversely
                                      affects  the  trust's   interest  in  such
                                      receivable. In addition, UAC, as servicer,
                                      may be required  to  purchase  receivables
                                      from a trust under  certain  circumstances
                                      set  forth  in  the  trust  and  servicing
                                      agreement  or the  pooling  and  servicing
                                      agreement.   See   "Description   of   the
                                      Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  --Sale
                                      and  Assignment  of  Receivables"  and "--
                                      Servicing Procedures."

Each Trust Will Have Limited Assets   None of the trusts  will have  significant
                                      assets or sources of funds  other than the
                                      related  receivables  and,  to the  extent
                                      provided   in   the   related   prospectus
                                      supplement,  a pre-funding account, spread
                                      account, yield supplement account or other
                                      form of credit enhancement. The securities
                                      of each series will represent  obligations
                                      of or interests in the related  trust only
                                      and will not represent  obligations  of or
                                      interests  in, or be insured or guaranteed
                                      by,  any of the  lienholders  named on the
                                      certificates  of  title,   the  applicable
                                      trustees    or    any    other     entity.
                                      Consequently,  you must rely for repayment
                                      upon  payments on the related  receivables
                                      and,  if  and  to  the  extent  available,
                                      amounts available under any available form
                                      of credit enhancement, all as specified in
                                      the related prospectus supplement.

Payments on Some Securities May
Be Subordinated to Payments on
Other Securities                      To the  extent  specified  in the  related
                                      prospectus    supplement,    payments   or
                                      distributions   on   certain   classes  of
                                      securities may be subordinated to payments
                                      or   distributions  on  other  classes  of
                                      securities.

Rapid Prepayments May Reduce
Your Anticipated Yield                Any of the  receivables  can be prepaid at
                                      any  time  by the  related  obligor.  With
                                      respect  to  any   receivable,   the  term
                                      prepayment  includes  prepayments in full,
                                      partial   prepayments   (including   those
                                      related to rebates  of  extended  warranty
                                      contract costs and insurance premiums) and
                                      liquidations  due to defaults,  as well as
                                      receipts of proceeds from physical damage,
                                      credit  life  and   disability   insurance
                                      policies and any lender's single insurance
                                      policy,  and purchase amounts with respect
                                      to certain other  receivables  repurchased
                                      by  UAC  as  a  result  of a  breach  of a
                                      representation or warranty or purchased by
                                      the servicer for  administrative  reasons.
                                      The rate of prepayments on the receivables
                                      may be influenced by many economic, social
                                      and other factors, including the fact that
                                      an  obligor  generally  may  not  sell  or
                                      transfer the financed  vehicle  securing a
                                      receivable  without  the  consent  of  the
                                      appropriate   lienholder.   The   rate  of
                                      prepayment on the  receivables may also be
                                      influenced   by  the   structure   of  the
                                      underlying  contracts.  If the receivables
                                      prepay more  rapidly than  expected,  your
                                      anticipated  yield  may  be  reduced.  See
                                      "Weighted Average Life of the Securities."
                                      In addition, if so provided in the related
                                      prospectus  supplement,  the  servicer  or
                                      another entity may be entitled to purchase
                                      the  receivables  of a  given  receivables
                                      pool under the circumstances  described in
                                      such  prospectus   supplement   which  may
                                      further reduce your anticipated yield. See
                                      "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                      Agreements - Termination."

                                      In addition,  a series of  securities  may
                                      include    one   or   more    classes   of
                                      interest-only  or other  strip  securities
                                      entitled  to (1)  interest  payments  with
                                      disproportionate  nominal or no  principal
                                      payments or (2)  principal  payments  with
                                      disproportionate,  nominal or no  interest
                                      payments.  Such  strip  securities  may be
                                      more   sensitive  than  other  classes  of
                                      securities  of such  series to the rate of
                                      payment on the related receivables. If you
                                      wish  to  invest  in  any  such  class  of
                                      securities,  you should carefully consider
                                      the  information  provided with respect to
                                      such strip securities under "Risk Factors"
                                      and  elsewhere  in the related  prospectus
                                      supplement.

Indirect Exercise of Rights Due
to Book-Entry Registration            Unless otherwise  specified in the related
                                      prospectus  supplement,  each class of the
                                      securities  of a  given  series  initially
                                      will  be   represented   by  one  or  more
                                      certificates  registered  in the  name  of
                                      Cede & Co.,  or any other  nominee  of The
                                      Depository Trust Company ("DTC") set forth
                                      in the related prospectus supplement,  and
                                      will not be registered in the names of the
                                      holders  of  such   securities   or  their
                                      nominees.  Because  of  this,  unless  and
                                      until   definitive   securities  for  such
                                      series  are   issued,   you  will  not  be
                                      recognized     by    the     trustee    as
                                      securityholders  as  such  term is used in
                                      this prospectus. As such, until definitive
                                      securities are issued,  beneficial  owners
                                      of the securities will be able to exercise
                                      the   rights   of   securityholders   only
                                      indirectly    through    DTC    and    its
                                      participating      organizations.      See
                                      "Description    of   the   Securities   --
                                      Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive
                                      Securities."

Pre-Funding May Reduce Your
Anticipated Yield                     If  the  related   prospectus   supplement
                                      provides  for the  sale  and  purchase  of
                                      receivables  during a funding period after
                                      the  closing   date  using  a   pre-funded
                                      amount,  the  seller  or  the  trust  will
                                      deposit the pre-funded amount specified in
                                      such   prospectus   supplement   into  the
                                      pre-funding  account on the closing  date.
                                      During the  funding  period and until such
                                      amounts  are  applied  by the  trustee  to
                                      purchase subsequent  receivables,  amounts
                                      on deposit in the pre-funding account will
                                      be invested in eligible  investments.  Any
                                      investment  income  with  respect  to such
                                      investments (net of any related investment
                                      expenses)  will  be  distributed  on  each
                                      payment date during the funding  period as
                                      part  of  the  available   funds  for  the
                                      preceding  calendar  month. We expect that
                                      the investment income earned on amounts on
                                      deposit in the pre-funding account will be
                                      less  than  the  interest  accrued  at the
                                      interest   rate   or   pass-through   rate
                                      applicable   to   the   portion   of   the
                                      securities  represented  by the pre-funded
                                      amount.


                                      If the  principal  amount  of  receivables
                                      originated  or  acquired  by UAC  during a
                                      funding period and possessing the required
                                      attributes  to transfer to a trust is less
                                      than the pre-funded amount, the applicable
                                      Funding Subsidiary and the seller may have
                                      insufficient   eligible   receivables   to
                                      subsequently  transfer to a trust.  To the
                                      extent that the entire  pre-funded  amount
                                      has not  been  applied  to the  subsequent
                                      purchase of  receivables by the end of the
                                      related   funding   period,   any  amounts
                                      remaining in the pre-funding  account will
                                      be   distributed  as  a  full  or  partial
                                      prepayment  of principal to holders of one
                                      or more  classes of the related  series of
                                      securities   following   the  end  of  the
                                      funding   period,   in  the   amounts  and
                                      pursuant  to the  priorities  set forth in
                                      the related  prospectus  supplement.  Such
                                      prepayment may reduce the securityholder's
                                      outstanding    principal    balance    and
                                      anticipated yield. See "Summary of Terms--
                                      Pre-Funded  Receivables"  and "Description
                                      of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
                                      Sale   and    Assignment   of   Subsequent
                                      Receivables."


<PAGE>



                                   THE TRUSTS

         Each  series  of  securities   will  be  issued  by  a  separate  trust
established by the seller pursuant to a trust and servicing agreement or pooling
and servicing agreement for the transactions described in this prospectus and in
the related prospectus  supplement.  Except as otherwise provided in the related
prospectus supplement, the property of each trust will include:

         (1)      a pool of receivables,  including any receivables  conveyed to
                  the trust after the closing date, and certain  payments due or
                  received thereunder after the applicable cutoff date;

         (2)      a pre-funded amount to purchase  receivables after the closing
                  date, if so provided in the related prospectus supplement;

         (3)      interests  in  certain  amounts  that may from time to time be
                  held in separate  trust  accounts  established  and maintained
                  pursuant  to the  related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or
                  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  and, if so provided in the
                  related prospectus supplement, the proceeds of such accounts;

         (4)      security  interests  in the  financed  vehicles  and any other
                  interest of UAC, UAFC, UACFC and UAC's predecessor (the "Named
                  Lienholders")   as   the   registered   lienholders   on   the
                  certificates of title of each of the financed vehicles and the
                  seller in such financed vehicles;

         (5)      any recourse rights of the Named Lienholders against dealers;

         (6)      any rights of UAC or its  predecessor  to proceeds from claims
                  on or refunds of  premiums  with  respect to certain  physical
                  damage, credit life and disability insurance policies covering
                  the  financed  vehicles or the  obligors,  as the case may be,
                  including any lender's single interest insurance policy;

         (7)      any  property  that  secures  a  receivable  and that has been
                  acquired by the trust;

         (8)      certain rights under the related purchase agreement among UAC,
                  the applicable Funding Subsidiary and the seller; and

         (9)      any and all proceeds of the foregoing.

         The  receivables  in each  receivables  pool were or will be either (a)
originated  by dealers  for  assignment  to UAC (either  directly or  indirectly
through UAC's predecessor) or (b) solicited by dealers for origination by UAC or
its predecessor.  Immediately  after the origination or other acquisition of the
receivables by UAC, UAC sells the  receivables to UAFC in the ordinary course of
business and UAFC  immediately  sells the receivables to the applicable  Funding
Subsidiary.  Modified  receivables  are sold by the Funding  Subsidiaries or the
trusts to UAC at the time such  receivables are modified.  Modified  receivables
included in a trust will be repurchased  from UAC by UAFCC at the time of resale
to the seller pursuant to the purchase  agreement.  One of the Named Lienholders
will be the registered  lienholder  listed on the  certificates  of title of the
financed  vehicles.  The receivables  will continue to be serviced by UAC as the
initial  servicer  under  each trust and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing agreement.

         On or prior to the applicable  closing date, one or more of the Funding
Subsidiaries  will sell to the seller,  pursuant to one or more related purchase
agreements,  receivables  in the  aggregate  principal  amount  specified in the
related prospectus supplement. Thereafter, on such closing date, the seller will
convey  such   receivables  to  the  related  trust.   The  applicable   Funding
Subsidiaries and the seller may be required to convey additional  receivables to
the trust after the closing date if indicated in the prospectus supplement.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Subsequent Receivables" in this prospectus.

         The Funding  Subsidiaries and the seller will not convey to a trust any
contract with a dealer establishing "dealer reserves" or any rights to recapture
dealer  reserves  pursuant to such a contract.  To the extent  specified  in the
related prospectus  supplement,  a pre-funding  account,  spread account,  yield
supplement account, surety bond, swap or other interest rate protection,  or any
other form of credit enhancement may be a part of the property of a trust or may
be held by the  applicable  trustee  for the  benefit of holders of the  related
securities.

         If the protection provided to the securityholders by the subordination,
if any, of one or more  classes of  securities  of such series and by any spread
account,  yield supplement account or other available form of credit enhancement
for such  series  is  insufficient,  the  securityholders  will  have to look to
payments by or on behalf of obligors on the related receivables and the proceeds
from the  repossession  and sale of  financed  vehicles  that  secure  defaulted
receivables  for  distributions  of  principal  of and  interest  on the related
securities.  In such event, certain factors,  such as the trust or the indenture
trustee not having perfected security interests in all of the financed vehicles,
may limit the  ability  of a trust to  liquidate  the  collateral  securing  the
related receivables or may limit the amount realized to less than the amount due
under such receivable. Securityholders may not receive timely payment on, or may
incur losses on their  investment in, such securities as a result of defaults or
delinquencies  by obligors and depreciation in the value of the related financed
vehicles.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Credit
Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."

The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee

         The owner  trustee for each trust and, if the trust issues  notes,  the
indenture  trustee  for the series of notes,  will be  specified  in the related
prospectus  supplement.  The liability of the owner trustee and/or the indenture
trustee in  connection  with the issuance and sale of the related  securities is
limited  solely to the  express  obligations  of such  trustee  set forth in the
related trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement and, if
applicable, in the related indenture.

         A trustee  may  resign at any time.  The  servicer  may remove an owner
trustee,  and the  servicer or the insurer may remove an indenture  trustee,  if
such  trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue as trustee  under the trust and
servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement, or, if applicable, under
the indenture,  or if such trustee becomes insolvent.  If the trustee resigns or
if the servicer or the insurer removes a trustee, the servicer will be obligated
to appoint a successor  to such  trustee.  The insurer  must consent to any such
appointment of a successor trustee.  Any resignation or removal of a trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until the successor
trustee accepts the appointment.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

General

         The  receivables in each  receivables  pool were or will be acquired by
UAC,  UACFC or UAC's  predecessor  from dealers or originated  by UAC,  UACFC or
UAC's   predecessor   through  dealers  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.
Immediately  after their origination or acquisition by UAC, the receivables were
or will be conveyed to UAFC, and were or will be immediately conveyed by UAFC to
the applicable Funding Subsidiary.  Modified receivables are sold by the Funding
Subsidiaries  or the trusts to UAC at the time such  receivables  are  modified.
Modified  receivables  included in a trust will be repurchased from UAC by UAFCC
at the time of resale to the seller pursuant to the purchase  agreement.  One of
the Named  Lienholders will be the registered  lienholder on the certificates of
title to each of the financed vehicles.

         The  receivables  to be sold to each  trust will be  selected  from the
portfolio  or one or  more  of  the  Funding  Subsidiaries  for  inclusion  in a
receivables  pool based on several  criteria,  including that,  unless otherwise
provided in the related prospectus supplement, each receivable:

         o        is secured by a new or used vehicle;

         o        provides  for  level  monthly  payments  (except  for the last
                  payment,  which may be different from the level payments) that
                  fully  amortize the amount  financed over the original term to
                  maturity of the receivable;

         o        is a precomputed  receivable or a simple interest  receivable;
                  and

         o        satisfies the other criteria, if any, set forth in the related
                  prospectus supplement.

Except  as  described  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement,   no  selection
procedures  believed by the applicable Funding  Subsidiaries or the seller to be
adverse to securityholders were or will be used in selecting the receivables.

Underwriting Procedures

         UAC uses the degree of the  applicant's  creditworthiness  as the basic
criterion when  originating an  installment  sale contract or purchasing  such a
contract  from a dealer.  Each credit  application  requires  that the applicant
provide current information  regarding the applicant's  employment history, bank
accounts,   debts,   credit   references,   and  other   factors  that  bear  on
creditworthiness.  UAC applies uniform  underwriting  standards when originating
loans on new and used vehicles.  UAC also typically  obtains credit reports from
major credit reporting  agencies  summarizing the applicant's credit history and
paying  habits,  including  such items as open  accounts,  delinquent  payments,
bankruptcies,  repossessions, lawsuits, and judgments. UAC's credit analysts may
verify an applicant's employment or, where appropriate,  check directly with the
applicant's  creditors.  On the basis of such information,  extensive historical
data and the experience of its senior management, UAC is in a position to assess
an  applicant's  ability to repay a loan.  Since  December  1988,  the  criteria
applied by UAC to evaluate  applicants have included credit scoring using models
developed by independent  firms experienced in developing credit scoring models.
Credit scoring evaluates an applicant's  credit profile to arrive at an estimate
of  the  associated   credit  risk.  Credit  scoring  models  are  developed  by
statistically   evaluating  common   characteristics  of  applicants  and  their
correlation with credit risk.

         While UAC  adheres  to no  specific  loan-to-value  ratios,  the amount
financed by UAC under an installment  contract generally will not exceed, in the
case of new vehicles, the manufacturer's  suggested retail price of the financed
vehicle,  including  sales tax,  license  fees and title fees,  plus the cost of
service and warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage, credit life and
disability  insurance  obtained in connection with the vehicle or the financing.
In the case of used  vehicles,  if the  applicant  meets UAC's  creditworthiness
criteria,  the amount  financed  may exceed the  "average  black book value" (as
published by National Auto Research,  a standard reference source for dealers in
used cars) of the financed vehicle,  including sales tax, license fees and title
fees, plus the cost of service and warranty  contracts and premiums for physical
damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  obtained in connection  with the
vehicle  or  financing.  UAC  believes  that the resale  value of a new  vehicle
purchased  by  an  obligor  will  generally  decline  below  the  manufacturer's
suggested  retail  price and,  in some  cases,  may decline for a period of time
below the principal balance outstanding on the related installment contract. UAC
also  believes  that the resale value of a used vehicle  purchased by an obligor
will  generally  decline,  but  believes  that the  percentage  of such  decline
generally  will be less than the  percentage of decline in the resale value of a
new vehicle. UAC regularly reviews the quality of the receivables purchased from
dealers and regularly  conducts  quality  audits to ensure  compliance  with its
established policies and procedures.

         The underwriting procedures and standards employed by UAC's predecessor
are substantially similar to those used by UAC and,  accordingly,  references to
UAC in the foregoing  discussion of UAC's underwriting  procedures apply also to
any  receivables  included in a  receivables  pool that was acquired by UAC from
UACFC or UAC's predecessor or receivables that are otherwise originated by UACFC
or UAC's predecessor. See also "Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates."

Allocation of Payments

         The  receivables   will  be  either  simple  interest   receivables  or
precomputed  receivables.  Simple interest receivables provide for equal monthly
payments  that  are  applied,  first  to  interest  accrued  to the date of such
payment,  then to principal due on such date,  then to pay any  applicable  late
charges,  and  then  to  further  reduce  the  outstanding   principal  balance.
Accordingly,  if an obligor pays a fixed monthly installment before its due date
under a simple  interest  receivable,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to
interest for the period since the  preceding  payment will be less than it would
have been had the payment been made on the  contractual due date and the portion
of the payment applied to reduce the principal balance of the receivable will be
correspondingly  greater.  Conversely,  if  an  obligor  pays  a  fixed  monthly
installment  under a simple interest  receivable after its contractual due date,
the  portion of such  payment  allocable  to interest  for the period  since the
preceding  payment  will be greater than it would have been had the payment been
made when due and the portion of such  payment  applied to reduce the  principal
balance of the receivable will be  correspondingly  less, in which case a larger
portion of the principal balance may be due on the final scheduled payment date.

         Precomputed   receivables  consist  of  either  (1)  monthly  actuarial
receivables or (2) receivables that provide for allocation of payments according
to the "sum of  periodic  balances"  method,  similar  to the  rule of 78's.  An
actuarial  receivable  provides for amortization of the receivable over a series
of fixed level monthly  installments.  Each monthly  installment,  including the
monthly installment  representing the final payment of the receivable,  consists
of an amount of interest equal to one-twelfth of the annual  percentage  rate of
the receivable  multiplied by the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan, and an
amount of principal  equal to the  remainder of the monthly  payment.  A rule of
78's  receivable  provides  for the payment by the obligor of a specified  total
amount of  payments,  payable in equal  monthly  installments  on each due date,
which total represents the principal amount financed and add-on interest for the
term of the  receivable.  The rate at which the  amount of  add-on  interest  is
earned and, correspondingly,  the amount of each fixed monthly payment allocated
to  reduction  of  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  receivable  are
calculated in accordance  with the sum of the periodic time balances or the rule
of 78's.  If a  precomputed  receivable  is prepaid in full  (voluntarily  or by
liquidation,  acceleration  or  otherwise),  under the terms of the  contract  a
"refund"  or  "rebate"  will be made to the  obligor of the portion of the total
amount  of  payments  then due and  payable  under  the  contract  allocable  to
"unearned" interest.  Unearned interest is calculated in accordance with the sum
of the periodic time balances method or a method equivalent to the rule of 78's.
The amount of any such rebate under a precomputed  receivable  generally will be
less than or equal to the  remaining  scheduled  payments of interest that would
have been due under a simple  interest  receivable  for which all payments  were
made on schedule and generally will be significantly less than such amount.

         Unless otherwise stated in the related  prospectus  supplement,  all of
the  receivables  that  are  precomputed   receivables  will  be  rule  of  78's
receivables; however, the trust will account for all rule of 78's receivables as
if such receivables were actuarial receivables. Except as otherwise indicated in
the related  prospectus  supplement,  early payments on precomputed  receivables
will be deposited to the payahead account as described under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts." Amounts received upon prepayment
in full of a rule of 78's receivable in excess of the then outstanding principal
balance of such receivable  (computed on an actuarial  basis) will not be passed
through to  securityholders,  except to the extent necessary to pay interest and
principal on the securities.

         In the event of the liquidation of a receivable or the  repossession of
a financed  vehicle,  amounts  recovered  are applied  first to the  expenses of
repossession  and then to unpaid  principal and interest and any related payment
or other fee.

Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses

         Certain  information  concerning  the  experience of UAC  pertaining to
delinquencies,  repossessions  and net  losses  with  respect  to new  and  used
vehicles  (including  receivables  previously sold by UAC or its predecessor but
which UAC continues to service) will be set forth in each prospectus supplement.
We cannot assure you that the delinquency,  repossession and net loss experience
with respect to any receivables  pool will be comparable to prior  experience or
to such information.

                     WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

         The weighted  average life of the  securities  of any series  generally
will be influenced by the rate at which the principal balances of the underlying
receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled amortization
or prepayments.  For this purpose,  the term prepayments includes prepayments in
full,  partial  prepayments  (including  those  related to  rebates of  extended
warranty contract costs and insurance  premiums),  liquidations due to defaults,
as well as receipts of proceeds,  if any, from physical damage,  credit life and
disability  and/or any lender's  single  interest  insurance  policies,  and the
purchase  amount  of  receivables  repurchased  by  UAC  due  to a  breach  of a
representation  or warranty or  purchased  by the  servicer  for  administrative
purposes. Obligors may prepay the receivables at any time without penalty.

         The rate of  prepayment of  automotive  receivables  is influenced by a
variety  of  economic,  social  and other  factors,  including  the fact that an
obligor  generally  may not sell or transfer  the  financed  vehicle  securing a
receivable  without  the  consent  of the  applicable  Named  Lienholder  as the
registered  lienholder (or the servicer on behalf of such lienholder).  The rate
of prepayment on the  receivables may also be influenced by the structure of the
underlying  contracts.  A series of securities which includes notes may require,
to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, principal payments
at a rate faster than the rate at which  principal  payments on the  receivables
are received.  Such accelerated  payments,  if any, will be made from the excess
cash flows expected to come from the receivables and this feature should shorten
the average life of some or all of the securities of such series.

         In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances,  UAC will be obligated to
repurchase  receivables from a trust as a result of breaches of  representations
and warranties,  and the servicer will be obligated to purchase receivables from
a trust as a result of breaches  of certain  covenants.  In each case,  UAC will
repurchase  such  receivables  pursuant to the related  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements  (defined  below).  See  "Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing
Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of  Receivables," " -- Servicing  Procedures,"
and "-- Termination" regarding the option of the servicer or any other entity to
purchase or cause the receivables to be purchased from a trust.

         A series of  securities  may include one or more classes of strip notes
or  strip   certificates   that  may  be  entitled  to  interest  payments  with
disproportionate,  nominal or no principal  payments or principal  payments with
disproportionate,  nominal or no interest  payments ("Strip  Securities").  Such
Strip  Securities may be more sensitive than certain other classes of securities
of  the  same  series  to the  rate  of  payment  of  the  related  receivables.
Prospective investors in any such Strip Securities should consider carefully the
information regarding such securities in the related prospectus supplement.

         In light of the above  considerations,  there can be no assurance as to
the amount of principal payments to be made on the securities of a series on any
payment date since such amount will depend,  in part, on the amount of principal
collected  on the  related  receivables  pool during the  applicable  collection
period.  Any  reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of
prepayment of  receivables  will be borne entirely by the  securityholders.  The
related prospectus supplement may set forth certain additional  information with
respect  to  the  maturity  and  prepayment  considerations  applicable  to  the
particular  receivables  pool and the related series of securities or particular
classes of securities.

                     POOL FACTORS AND OTHER POOL INFORMATION

         The "Pool  Factor" for each class of  securities  will be a seven-digit
decimal which the servicer will compute prior to each  distribution with respect
to such class of  securities  and which will  indicate the  remaining  aggregate
principal balance of such class of securities, as of the applicable payment date
(after giving effect to  distributions  to be made on such payment  date),  as a
fraction of the initial aggregate principal balance of such class of securities.
Each Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the related closing date and thereafter
will decline to reflect reductions in the applicable aggregate principal balance
of the notes or the certificates.  A  securityholder's  portion of the aggregate
outstanding  aggregate  principal  balance of the notes or the certificates will
equal the  product of (1) the  original  denomination  of such  securityholder's
security and (2) the  applicable  Pool Factor at the time of  determination  for
such class of securities.

         Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement,
securityholders  will receive  reports on or about each payment date  concerning
payments  received on the receivables,  the aggregate  principal  balance of the
receivables pool and each Pool Factor.  In addition,  securityholders  of record
during  any  calendar  year  will be  furnished  information  for tax  reporting
purposes not later than the latest date  permitted by law. See  "Description  of
the Securities -- Statements to Securityholders."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Unless otherwise  provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the
seller  will  apply  the net  proceeds  from the sale of the  securities  to the
purchase of the receivables from the applicable Funding  Subsidiaries and, if so
provided in the related prospectus supplement,  to fund the pre-funding account.
The Funding  Subsidiaries  will use the portion of such proceeds paid to them to
repay short-term  borrowings and/or to purchase receivables from UAFC or UAC and
for  general  corporate  purposes,  and UAC will use such  proceeds  for general
corporate purposes.

                   UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND AFFILIATES

         UAC is an automotive  finance company engaged primarily in the indirect
financing (the purchase of loan contracts from dealers) of automobile  purchases
by  individuals.  UAC  consummated  its initial  public  offering of its Class A
Common  Stock on August 7,  1995.  In  conjunction  with  such  offering,  UAC's
predecessor, Union Federal Savings Bank of Indianapolis, completed a spin-off of
UAC. UAC is no longer a subsidiary of its predecessor.

UAC Finance Corporation

         UACFC is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of UAC,  formed in November 1996 as
an  Indiana  corporation.  UACFC  is  organized  primarily  for the  purpose  of
purchasing or originating  automobile installment sale contracts and installment
loan  contracts  from dealers in certain  states where UAC is not licensed to do
so,  reselling  such  receivables to UAC and  conducting  activities  incidental
thereto.

Union Acceptance Funding Corporation

         UAFC is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of UAC,  formed  in May 2000 as an
Indiana  corporation.  UAFC is organized  primarily for the purpose of acquiring
from UAC and holding automobile  installment sale and installment loan contracts
from UAC, reselling such receivables to the Funding  Subsidiaries and conducting
activities  incidental thereto.  UAFC is registered as lienholder on most of the
certificates of title for the financed vehicles.

UAFC Corporation, UAFC-1 Corporation and UAFC-2 Corporation

         Each of the  Funding  Subsidiaries  is a  special  purpose,  bankruptcy
remote,  wholly-owned  subsidiary of UAC, formed as a Delaware corporation,  and
each is  organized  for the limited  purpose of  acquiring  from UAC and holding
automobile  installment  sale and  installment  loan  contracts,  reselling such
receivables and conducting activities  incidental thereto.  Immediately upon its
acquisition  of  receivables  from  UAC,  UAFC  sells  such  receivables  to the
applicable  Funding  Subsidiary,  together  with its  security  interest  in the
related financed vehicles and other collateral.  UAFC Corporation  ("UAFCC") was
formed  in April  1994 as  Union  Acceptance  Funding  Corporation,  a  Delaware
corporation,  and  changed  its name to UAFC  Corporation  in May  2000.  UAFC-1
Corporation  and  UAFC-2  Corporation  were  formed  in April  2000 as  Delaware
corporations.

         Effective  February 28, 1998,  UAFCC acquired the non-prime  automobile
financing portfolio of Performance  Funding  Corporation,  another  wholly-owned
subsidiary of UAC, and also succeeded to its business of purchasing  "non-prime"
or "tier II" automobile  loan contracts from UAC. On January 1, 1999, UAC ceased
purchasing tier II installment  loan contracts;  however,  a small percentage of
the receivables included in a trust may be tier II receivables originated before
January 1, 1999.  Performance  Funding  Corporation was merged into UAC in April
2000.

UAC Securitization Corporation

         UAC Securitization Corporation is a special purpose, bankruptcy remote,
wholly-owned subsidiary of UAC, formed in October 1994 as a Delaware corporation
and is organized  for the limited  purpose of acquiring  automobile  installment
sale  and  installment  loan  contracts  from UAC or the  Funding  Subsidiaries,
reselling such receivables and conducting activities incidental thereto.

         The seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
in this  prospectus and the related  prospectus  supplement that are intended to
ensure that the voluntary or involuntary  application for relief by UAC, UAFC or
the Funding  Subsidiaries  under the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or similar
applicable  state  insolvency laws will not result in the  consolidation  of the
assets and  liabilities  of the seller  with  those of UAC,  UACFC,  UAFC or the
Funding  Subsidiaries.  These  steps  include  the  creation  of the seller as a
separate,  limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a certificate of incorporation
containing  certain  limitations  (including  restrictions  on the nature of the
seller's business,  as described above, and restrictions on the seller's ability
to commence a voluntary  case or proceeding  under any  bankruptcy or insolvency
law without the unanimous  affirmative vote of all its directors).  However,  we
cannot assure you that the  activities of the seller would not result in a court
concluding  that the assets and liabilities of the seller should be consolidated
with those of UAC, UAFC or the Funding  Subsidiaries in a proceeding  under such
bankruptcy or insolvency  law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Receivables --
Bankruptcy Matters."

         In  addition,  tax and certain  other  statutory  liabilities,  such as
liabilities to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if any, relating to the
underfunding  of pension plans of UAC or its affiliates can be asserted  against
the seller.  To the extent that any such liabilities arise after the transfer of
receivables to a trust, the trust's or the indenture  trustee's  interest in the
receivables  would be prior to the interest of the claimant  with respect to any
such  liabilities.  However,  the  existence of a claim against the seller could
permit the claimant to subject the seller to an involuntary proceeding under the
United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or other  bankruptcy or  insolvency  laws.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters."

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

General

         With respect to each trust that issues notes and  certificates,  one or
more classes of notes of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms
of an indenture and one or more classes of  certificates  of the related  series
will be issued  pursuant to the terms of a trust and  servicing  agreement  or a
pooling and  servicing  agreement.  With  respect to each trust that only issues
certificates,  one or more classes of certificates of the related series will be
issued  pursuant to the terms of a pooling and  servicing  agreement.  A form of
each of the  indenture,  the trust and  servicing  agreement and the pooling and
servicing  agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement
of which this prospectus forms a part.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
securities will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
integral  multiples in excess  thereof in book-entry  form only.  The statements
made under this caption are summaries  only. For a more detailed  description of
the securities, you should read the indenture, the trust and servicing agreement
and/or the pooling and servicing agreement, as applicable.

Payments of Principal and Interest

         The  timing  and  priority  of  payments  of  principal  and  interest,
distributions,  seniority,  allocations of losses,  interest rate,  pass-through
rate and amount of or method of determining  payments of or  distributions  with
respect to principal  and interest on each class of  securities of a series will
be described in the related prospectus supplement.  Payments or distributions on
the  securities  will be made on the  payment  dates  specified  in the  related
prospectus  supplement.  To  the  extent  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  a series of  securities  may include  one or more  classes of Strip
Securities entitled to (1) interest distributions with disproportionate, nominal
or  no   principal   distributions   or   (2)   principal   distributions   with
disproportionate, nominal or no interest distributions. Each class of securities
may have a different  interest rate or pass-through  rate, which may be a fixed,
variable or adjustable  rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip
Securities)  or  any  combination  of  the  foregoing.  The  related  prospectus
supplement  will specify the  interest  rate and/or  pass-through  rate for each
class of securities of a series or the method for determining such rates.

         To the  extent  specified  in any  prospectus  supplement,  one or more
classes of securities of a given series may have fixed principal and/or interest
payment schedules or provisions for minimum mandatory payments,  as set forth in
such prospectus supplement.

         In the case of a series of securities that includes two or more classes
of securities,  the timing,  sequential order,  priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal,  and any schedule or formula
or other provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class
shall be as set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in the related  prospectus  supplement,  distributions  in respect of
interest on and principal of any class of securities  will be made on a pro rata
basis among all holders of securities of such class.

Book-Entry Registration

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
class of securities  initially will be represented by one or more  certificates,
in each  case  registered  in the name of the  nominee  of DTC.  Unless  another
nominee is specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the nominee of DTC
will be Cede & Co.  Accordingly,  such  nominee is  expected to be the holder of
record of the securities of each series, except for securities, if any, retained
by the seller or UAC.  Unless and until  definitive  securities are issued under
the  limited  circumstances  described  in  this  prospectus  or in the  related
prospectus supplement,  no securityholder will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate  representing a security.  All references in this  prospectus and in
the related prospectus supplement to actions by securityholders refer to actions
taken by DTC upon instructions  from the  participating  members of DTC, and all
references  in this  prospectus  and in the  related  prospectus  supplement  to
distributions,  notices, reports and statements to securityholders will refer to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC or its nominee,  as the
case may be, as the registered  holder of the  securities,  for  distribution to
securityholders  in accordance with DTC's  procedures.  Beneficial owners of the
securities  ("Security Owners") will not be recognized as  "securityholders"  by
the related trustee and/or,  if applicable the indenture  trustee,  and Security
Owners  will be  permitted  to  exercise  the  rights  of  securityholders  only
indirectly through DTC and its participants.

         DTC is a limited-purpose  trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a "banking  organization"  within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal  Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"
within the meaning of the Uniform  Commercial  Code (the "UCC") in effect in the
State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  DTC was
created  to hold  securities  for the DTC  participants  and to  facilitate  the
clearance and  settlement of securities  transactions  between DTC  participants
through  electronic  book-entries,  thereby  eliminating  the need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  DTC  participants  include  securities  brokers and
dealers,  banks, trust companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to
the DTC system also is available to banks, brokers,  dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship with a DTC participant,
either directly or indirectly.

         Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement,
Security  Owners  that are not DTC  participants  or indirect  participants  but
desire to purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an interest in,
the   securities  may  do  so  only  through  DTC   participants   and  indirect
participants. In addition, all Security Owners will receive all distributions of
principal and interest from the related trustee through DTC participants.  Under
a book-entry format,  Security Owners may experience some delay in their receipt
of payments,  since such  payments  will be forwarded by the related  trustee to
DTC's  nominee.  DTC will then  forward such  payments to the DTC  participants,
which thereafter will forward them to indirect participants or Security Owners.

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its  operations,  DTC is required  to make  book-entry  transfers  among DTC
participants  on whose  behalf it acts with  respect  to the  securities  and to
receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
securities.  DTC  participants  and indirect  participants  with which  Security
Owners have  accounts with respect to the  securities  similarly are required to
make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such payments on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess physical securities representing the securities, the DTC rules provide a
mechanism  by which DTC  participants  and  indirect  participants  will receive
payments and transfer interests,  directly or indirectly,  on behalf of Security
Owners.

         Because DTC can act only on behalf of DTC participants, who in turn act
on behalf of indirect  participants and certain banks, the ability of a Security
Owner to pledge securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the
DTC system,  or otherwise take actions with respect to such  securities,  may be
limited due to the lack of a physical certificate representing such securities.

         DTC has advised the seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Security Owner under the applicable trust and servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing  agreement and the indenture  only at the direction of one
or more DTC  participants to whose account with DTC the securities are credited.
DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other undivided  interests to
the  extent  that such  actions  are taken on behalf of DTC  participants  whose
holdings include such undivided interests.

         Except as  required  by law,  neither  the  trustee  nor the  indenture
trustee,  if  applicable,  will have any liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments  made on account of  beneficial  ownership  interests of
securities of any series held by DTC's nominee, or for maintaining,  supervising
or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Securities

         Unless  otherwise  stated in the  related  prospectus  supplement,  the
securities  of a given series will be issued in fully  registered,  certificated
form to securityholders or their respective nominees,  rather than to DTC or its
nominee, only if

         o        the related trustee or, if applicable,  the indenture  trustee
                  determines  that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge
                  properly its  responsibilities  as depository  with respect to
                  the related  securities and such trustees are unable to locate
                  a qualified successor,

         o        the trustee or, if applicable, the indenture trustee elects to
                  terminate the book-entry system through DTC, or

         o        after the  occurrence  of a default by the servicer  under the
                  applicable  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
                  servicing  agreement,  Security Owners representing at least a
                  majority of the outstanding principal amount of the securities
                  of such series,  advise the related  trustee  through DTC that
                  the  continuation  of a  book-entry  system  through DTC (or a
                  successor  thereto) is no longer in the best  interests of the
                  related Security Owners.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding paragraph,  the related trustee will be required to notify the related
Security  Owners,  through DTC  participants,  of the availability of definitive
securities.   Upon  surrender  by  DTC  of  the  certificates  representing  all
securities  of  any  affected  class  and  the  receipt  of   instructions   for
re-registration,   the  trustee  or  indenture  trustee  will  issue  definitive
securities to the related  Security Owners.  Payments on the related  definitive
securities  will be made  thereafter  by the  related  trustee  directly  to the
holders in whose name the related  definitive  securities  are registered at the
close  of  business  on the  applicable  record  date,  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set forth in this  prospectus and in the related trust and servicing
agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement and the indenture,  if applicable.
Payments  will be made by check  mailed to the  address of such  holders as they
appear on the register specified in the related agreements;  however,  the final
payment  on  any  securities  (whether   definitive   securities  or  securities
registered  in the name of a depository  or its nominee)  will be made only upon
presentation  and surrender of such securities at the office or agency specified
in the notice of final payment to securityholders.

         Definitive  securities  will be  transferable  and  exchangeable at the
offices of the related trustee (or any security registrar appointed thereby). No
service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
such trustee may require  payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

Statements to Securityholders

         With respect to each series of securities,  on or prior to each payment
date,  the  servicer  (to the extent  applicable  to such  securityholder)  will
prepare and forward to the related  trustee and, if  applicable,  the  indenture
trustee  to be  included  with the  payment to each  securityholder  of record a
statement  setting  forth  for  the  related  collection  period  the  following
information  (and any other  information  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement):

         (1)      the amount of the payment allocable to principal of each class
                  of securities of such series;

         (2)      the amount of the payment  allocable to interest on each class
                  of securities of such series;

         (3)      the  amount of the  servicing  fee paid to the  servicer  with
                  respect to the related collection period;

         (4)      the   aggregate   principal   balance  of  the  notes  or  the
                  certificates  and the Pool Factor for each class of securities
                  of such series as of the payment date after  giving  effect to
                  all payments under clause (1) above on such date;

         (5)      the  balance  of any  spread  account  or other form of credit
                  enhancement,  after giving effect to any additions  thereto or
                  withdrawals  therefrom or reductions thereto to be made on the
                  following payment date;

         (6)      with  respect  to any  series  of  securities  as to  which  a
                  pre-funding  account has been  established,  for payment dates
                  during the funding period,  the remaining  pre-funded  amount;
                  and

         (7)      with  respect  to any  series  of  securities  as to  which  a
                  pre-funding account has been established, for the payment date
                  that  falls on or  immediately  after  the end of the  funding
                  period,  the amount, if any, of the pre-funded amount that has
                  not been used to purchase subsequent receivables.

         In addition,  within the  prescribed  period of time for tax  reporting
purposes after the end of each calendar year during the term of each trust,  the
related trustee or indenture  trustee,  as applicable,  will mail to each person
who at  any  time  during  such  calendar  year  shall  have  been a  registered
securityholder a statement  containing  certain  information for the purposes of
such  securityholder's  preparation of federal income tax returns.  See "Federal
Income Tax Consequences."

List of Securityholders

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
trustee,  within 15 days after receipt of written request of the servicer,  will
provide the  servicer  with a list of the names and  addresses of all holders of
record as of the most recent record date of the related series of securities. In
addition,  three or more holders of the  certificates  of any series,  or one or
more holders of such certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the applicable
aggregate principal balance of the certificates,  may, by written request to the
related trustee, obtain access to the list of all certificateholders  maintained
by such trustee for the purpose of communicating  with other  certificateholders
with respect to their rights under the related trust and servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing agreement or under such certificates.

         In the case of a trust which issues  notes,  three or more  noteholders
may submit a request,  in writing to the indenture trustee,  to obtain a list of
the names  and  addresses  of the  noteholders  of record as of the most  recent
record date for the purpose of communicating with other noteholders with respect
to their rights under the indenture. Any such request must be accompanied by the
form of proxy which such noteholders wish to solicit. The indenture trustee must
either (1)  provide  such list  within  five days or (2)  notify the  soliciting
noteholders  of the  expected  cost of the  requested  solicitation,  which  the
indenture trustee will make on their behalf.

              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

         The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms of (1) each purchase
agreement pursuant to which the seller will purchase  receivables from a Funding
Subsidiary  and (2) each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement  pursuant  to  which  a  trust  will  be  created  and  will  purchase
receivables  from  the  seller  and the  servicer  will  agree to  service  such
receivables and pursuant to which  securities may be issued  (collectively,  the
"Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements").  If the trust  also  issues a series of
notes, the notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture. See "The Indenture" in
this prospectus.  Forms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have been filed
as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
This summary of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  is not  complete.  For a
more detailed  description of the  agreements,  you should read the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements and the related prospectus supplement.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

         On the related closing date:

         (1)      Each of the  applicable  Funding  Subsidiaries  will  sell and
                  assign to the seller pursuant to one or more related  purchase
                  agreements,  without recourse, its entire right in the related
                  receivables,  including its security  interests in the related
                  financed vehicles;

         (2)      the seller will sell and assign to the related trust  pursuant
                  to the applicable Transfer and Servicing  Agreements,  without
                  recourse, (a) its entire right in such receivables,  including
                  the security interests in the financed vehicles, and (b) if so
                  provided in the related prospectus supplement,  the applicable
                  pre-funded amount; and

         (3)      in the case of a series of notes issued by a trust,  the trust
                  will pledge its entire right in such receivables and the other
                  property  of the  trust as  collateral  for  repayment  of the
                  notes.

Each receivable will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to the
related  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Concurrently  with  the  sale and
assignment of the receivables and, if applicable,  the pre-funded  amount to the
related trust, the trustee or indenture  trustee will execute,  authenticate and
deliver  the  related  series of  securities  to the  seller,  or the trust,  as
applicable, in exchange for such receivables and such pre-funded amount, if any.
The related  prospectus  supplement will specify whether the property of a trust
will include the pre-funded amount and, if so, the terms,  conditions and manner
under which  subsequent  receivables  will be sold and assigned by the seller to
the related trust and, if applicable, the related indenture trustee.

         In each purchase  agreement,  the applicable Funding Subsidiary and UAC
will represent and warrant to the seller, among other things, that:

         (1)      the   information   provided   with  respect  to  the  related
                  receivables is correct in all material respects;

         (2)      the obligor on each such  receivable has obtained or agreed to
                  obtain and maintain  physical  damage  insurance  covering the
                  financed vehicle in accordance with UAC's normal requirements;

         (3)      at the closing date, with respect to receivables conveyed to a
                  trust on the closing date,  and on the  applicable  subsequent
                  transfer date with respect to any subsequent receivables,  the
                  receivables  are free and  clear  of all  security  interests,
                  liens,  charges and  encumbrances,  other than the lien of the
                  seller, and no offsets,  defenses or counterclaims against the
                  seller,  the applicable Funding  Subsidiaries,  UAFC, UACFC or
                  UAC have been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect  to the
                  related receivables;

         (4)      at  the  closing  date  or   subsequent   transfer   date,  as
                  applicable,  each of the related  receivables  is secured by a
                  first  perfected  security  interest in the  related  financed
                  vehicle  in  favor  of  UAFC  (or  one  of  the  other   Named
                  Lienholders) or all necessary action has been taken by UAC, or
                  one of the other  Named  Lienholders  to  secure  such a first
                  perfected security interest; and

         (5)      each  of  the  related   receivables,   at  the  time  it  was
                  originated,  complied  and, at the closing date or  subsequent
                  transfer  date,  as  applicable,  complies,  in  all  material
                  respects with  applicable  federal and state laws,  including,
                  without limitation,  consumer credit, truth in lending,  equal
                  credit opportunity and disclosure laws.

         As of the last day of any collection  period following the discovery by
or  notice  to UAC of a  breach  of any such  representation  or  warranty  that
materially and adversely  affects the interests of the seller or its assignee in
a receivable (or as of the last day of the preceding  collection  period, if UAC
so elects), UAC, unless it has cured such breach, will repurchase the receivable
at a price equal to the unpaid  principal  balance  owed by the obligor  thereon
plus, accrued interest on such amount at the contract rate of such receivable to
the date of  purchase,  and  such  receivable  will be  considered  a  purchased
receivable as of the purchase  date.  In each trust and  servicing  agreement or
pooling and servicing agreement, the seller will assign certain rights under the
related  purchase  agreement to the related trust,  and in each  indenture,  the
trust will assign  such  rights  under the  related  purchase  agreement  to the
related  indenture  trustee.  Such  rights  include  the  right to cause  UAC to
repurchase  receivables  with  respect  to  which  it is in  breach  of any such
representation and warranty.  The repurchase  obligation of UAC pursuant to each
Transfer and Servicing  Agreement or indenture  will  constitute the sole remedy
available to the related  securityholders  or applicable trustee for any uncured
breach of a representation or warranty.

Sale and Assignment of Subsequent Receivables

         If the related  prospectus  supplement  provides that the property of a
trust will include a pre-funding  account,  the applicable Funding  Subsidiaries
will be  obligated  to sell and assign to the  seller  pursuant  to the  related
purchase agreements,  and the seller will be obligated to sell and assign to the
related trust  pursuant to the related trust and servicing  agreement or pooling
and servicing  agreement,  subsequent  receivables  from time to time during the
funding period in an aggregate  outstanding principal amount approximately equal
to the pre-funded  amount. If the trust issues a series of notes, the trust will
pledge its right in such  subsequent  receivables  to the  indenture  trustee as
collateral  for  payment  of the notes.  The  related  trust  will be  obligated
pursuant to the related trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement to purchase all such subsequent  receivables from the seller,  and, as
applicable,  the related  indenture  trustee will be  obligated  pursuant to the
related  indenture to accept the pledge of such subsequent  receivables from the
trust, subject to the satisfaction, on or before the related subsequent transfer
date, of the following conditions precedent, among others:

         (1)      each such subsequent  receivable shall satisfy the eligibility
                  criteria   specified  in  the  related   trust  and  servicing
                  agreement  or pooling and  servicing  agreement  and shall not
                  have been  selected from among the eligible  receivables  in a
                  manner that the applicable Funding  Subsidiaries or the seller
                  deems adverse to the interests of the related securityholders;

         (2)      as  of  the  applicable   cutoff  date  for  such   subsequent
                  receivables,  all of the  receivables  in the  related  trust,
                  including  the  subsequent  receivables  to be conveyed to the
                  trust as of such date,  must satisfy the parameters  described
                  under  "The  Receivables  Pools" in this  prospectus  and "The
                  Receivables Pool" in the related prospectus supplement;

         (3)      any required  deposit to any spread  account or other  similar
                  account must have been made; and

         (4)      the applicable  Funding  Subsidiaries must execute and deliver
                  to the  seller,  the seller  must  execute and deliver to such
                  trust, and, if applicable,  the trust must execute and deliver
                  to the indenture trustee, a written assignment  conveying such
                  subsequent  receivables  to the seller,  the related trust and
                  the indenture trustee, respectively.

         In addition,  the  conveyance of subsequent  receivables  to a trust is
subject  to the  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions  subsequent,  among
others,  each of which must be  satisfied  within  the  applicable  time  period
specified in the related prospectus supplement:

         (1)      the seller  must  deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the
                  related  owner  trustee  and,  if  applicable,  the  indenture
                  trustee with respect to the validity of the conveyance of such
                  subsequent  receivables to the trust and, if  applicable,  the
                  indenture trustee;

         (2)      the applicable trustee must receive written  confirmation from
                  a firm of certified independent public accountants that, as of
                  the end of the period  specified  therein,  the receivables in
                  the related  receivables  pool,  including all such subsequent
                  receivables,  satisfied the  parameters  described  under "The
                  Receivables  Pools" in this  prospectus  and "The  Receivables
                  Pool" in the related prospectus supplement; and

         (3)      each of the rating  agencies  must have notified the seller in
                  writing  that,  following  the  conveyance  of the  subsequent
                  receivables to the trust and, if applicable, the pledge of the
                  subsequent receivables to the indenture trustee, each class of
                  securities  of the  related  series  will have the same rating
                  assigned  to it by  such  rating  agency  that  it  had on the
                  related closing date.

         If any such conditions  precedent or conditions  subsequent are not met
with respect to any subsequent  receivables  within the time period specified in
the  related  prospectus  supplement,  UAC will be  required  under the  related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement to repurchase such subsequent  receivables from
the related  trust,  at a purchase price equal to the related  purchase  amounts
therefor.

Accounts

         Collection  Account.  With  respect  to each  trust,  the  seller  will
establish and the servicer  will  maintain a collection  account with and in the
name of the related trust on behalf of the related  securityholders,  into which
all payments made on or in respect of the related  receivables will be deposited
(as described in this  prospectus) and from which all payments or  distributions
with respect to the related  securities  will be made. The amounts on deposit in
the collection  account will be invested by the  applicable  trustee in eligible
investments.

         Payahead Account. If so provided in the related prospectus  supplement,
the servicer will establish a payahead  account in the name of the related trust
and for the benefit of obligors on the  receivables,  into which,  to the extent
required  by  the  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and  servicing
agreement,  payaheads on precomputed  receivables  will be deposited  until such
time as the payment  becomes due.  Until such time as payments  are  transferred
from the payahead  account to the collection  account,  they will not constitute
collected  interest  or  collected  principal  and  will  not be  available  for
distribution  to  securityholders.   The  payahead  account  will  initially  be
maintained  with the applicable  trustee.  Interest earned on the balance in the
payahead  account will be remitted to the  servicer  monthly.  Collections  on a
precomputed receivable made during a collection period shall be applied first to
any overdue scheduled payment on such receivable,  then to the scheduled payment
on such receivable due in such collection  period. If any collections  remaining
after the scheduled  payment is made are  insufficient to prepay the precomputed
receivable  in  full,  then  generally  such  remaining   collections  shall  be
transferred  to and kept in the  payahead  account  until such later  collection
period as the collections  may be  retransferred  to the collection  account and
applied  either to a later  scheduled  payment or to prepay such  receivable  in
full.

         Pre-Funding   Account.   If  so  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  the servicer will  establish and maintain a pre-funding  account in
the name of the related owner trustee (or, in the case of a series of securities
which  includes  notes,  the  indenture   trustee)  on  behalf  of  the  related
securityholders, into which the seller or the trust, as applicable, will deposit
the  pre-funded  amount  on the  related  closing  date.  In no  event  will the
pre-funded amount exceed 25% of the original aggregate  principal balance of the
receivables  pool for the related  series of securities.  The pre-funded  amount
will be used by the related trustee to purchase subsequent  receivables from the
seller from time to time during the  funding  period.  The amounts on deposit in
the  pre-funding  account  during the  funding  period  will be  invested by the
applicable  trustee in eligible  investments.  Any investment income, net of any
related  investment  expenses,  received on the  eligible  investments  during a
collection  period will be included in the interest  distribution  amount on the
following  payment date. The funding  period,  if any, for a trust will begin on
the  related  closing  date and will end on the date  specified  in the  related
prospectus  supplement,  which in no event  will be later  than the date that is
three calendar months after the related  closing date. Any amounts  remaining in
the pre-funding  account at the end of the funding period will be distributed to
the related securityholders, in the manner and priority specified in the related
prospectus supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related securities.

         Other  Accounts;  Investment of Trust Funds.  Any other  accounts to be
established  with  respect to a trust,  including  any spread  account,  payment
account or yield supplement account, will be described in the related prospectus
supplement.

         For  each  series  of  securities,  funds  in the  collection  account,
pre-funding  account  and any other  trust  accounts  identified  as such in the
related  prospectus  supplement  will be  invested in  eligible  investments  as
provided in the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement or, if applicable,  the
indenture, and any related investment income will be distributed as described in
this prospectus and in the related prospectus  supplement.  Eligible investments
generally  will be limited to investments  acceptable to the rating  agencies as
being  consistent  with the rating of the related  securities.  Except as may be
otherwise   indicated  in  the  applicable   prospectus   supplement,   eligible
investments will include:

         (1)      direct  obligations  of, and  obligations  guaranteed  by, the
                  United  States  of  America,  the  Federal  National  Mortgage
                  Association,  or any  instrumentality  of the United States of
                  America;

         (2)      demand  and time  deposits  in or similar  obligations  of any
                  depository   institution  or  trust  company   (including  the
                  trustees  or  any  agent  of the  trustees,  acting  in  their
                  respective commercial capacities) having an approved rating of
                  at least P-1 by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  or A-1+ by
                  Standard & Poor's Rating  Services (an  "Approved  Rating") or
                  any  other  deposit  which is  fully  insured  by the  Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Corporation;

         (3)      repurchase  obligations with respect to any security issued or
                  guaranteed  by an  instrumentality  of the  United  States  of
                  America  entered into with a depository  institution  or trust
                  company having an Approved Rating (acting as principal);

         (4)      short-term  corporate securities bearing interest or sold at a
                  discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws
                  of the United States of America or any State,  the  short-term
                  unsecured  obligations  of which have an Approved  Rating,  or
                  higher, at the time of such investment;

         (5)      commercial paper having an Approved Rating at the time of such
                  investment;

         (6)      a  guaranteed  investment  contract  issued  by any  insurance
                  company  or  other   corporation   acceptable  to  the  rating
                  agencies;

         (7)      interests  in any money  market fund having a rating of Aaa by
                  Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or AAAm by Standard & Poor's
                  Ratings Services; and

         (8)      any other  investment  approved  in  advance in writing by the
                  rating agencies.

         Except as described  in this  prospectus  or in the related  prospectus
supplement,  eligible  investments  will be limited to obligations or securities
that  mature  on or  before  the  date of the  next  scheduled  distribution  to
securityholders  of such series;  provided,  however,  that,  unless the related
prospectus supplement requires otherwise,  each trust and servicing agreement or
pooling and servicing  agreement and indenture,  if  applicable,  will generally
permit the  investment of funds in any spread  account or similar type of credit
enhancement  account  to  be  invested  in  eligible   investments  without  the
limitation that such eligible investments mature not later than the business day
prior  to the  next  succeeding  payment  date if (1)  the  servicer  obtains  a
liquidity facility or similar arrangement with respect to such spread account or
other  account  and (2) each  rating  agency  that  initially  rated the related
securities  confirms in writing that the ratings of such  securities will not be
lowered or withdrawn as a result of eliminating or modifying such limitation.

         The accounts  established on behalf of the trusts will be maintained as
eligible deposit accounts. Eligible deposit account means either:

         (1)      a segregated account with an eligible institution, or

         (2)      a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department
                  of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the
                  United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or
                  the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign
                  bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for
                  funds  deposited  in  such  account,  so  long  as  any of the
                  securities of such depository institution have a credit rating
                  from  each  rating  agency  in  one  of  its  generic   rating
                  categories that signifies investment grade.

         Eligible institution means, with respect to a trust,

         (1)      the corporate trust department of the applicable trustee, or

         (2)      a  depository  institution  organized  under  the  laws of the
                  United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or
                  the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign
                  bank)

                  (a)      that has either (i) a long-term unsecured debt rating
                           of at least  Baa3 from  Moody's  Investor's  Service,
                           Inc. or (ii) a long-term  unsecured  debt  rating,  a
                           short-term  unsecured debt rating or a certificate of
                           deposit rating acceptable to the rating agencies, and

                  (b)      whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Servicing Procedures

         The servicer will make  reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due
with  respect to the  receivables  and,  consistent  with the related  trust and
servicing  agreement  or pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  will  follow  such
collection  procedures  as it  follows  with  respect to  comparable  automotive
installment  contracts  that it owns or services for others.  The servicer  will
continue to follow such normal  collection  practices and procedures as it deems
necessary or advisable to realize upon any receivables with respect to which the
servicer determines that eventual payment in full is unlikely.  The servicer may
sell the financed vehicle securing such receivables at a public or private sale,
or take any other action permitted by applicable law.

         Consistent  with  its  normal  procedures,  the  servicer  may,  in its
discretion,  arrange  with the obligor on a  receivable  to extend or modify the
payment  schedule;  if,  however,  the extension of a payment  schedule causes a
receivable to remain  outstanding on the latest final scheduled  payment date of
any class of securities with respect to a series of securities  specified in the
related prospectus supplement,  the servicer will purchase such receivable as of
the last day of the collection  period  preceding such final  scheduled  payment
date.  The  servicer's  purchase  obligation  will  constitute  the sole  remedy
available  to the related  securityholders  or  applicable  trustee for any such
modification of a receivable.

Collections

         With  respect to each trust,  the  servicer  will  deposit all payments
(from whatever source) on and all proceeds of the related receivables  collected
during a collection  period into the related  collection  account not later than
two business days after receipt  thereof.  However,  at any time that and for so
long as (1) UAC is the  servicer,  (2) no servicer  default  under the trust and
servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement shall have occurred and
be  continuing  with  respect to the  servicer  and (3) each other  condition to
making  deposits  less  frequently  than daily as may be specified by the rating
agencies or set forth in the related  prospectus  supplement is  satisfied,  the
servicer  will not be  required  to deposit  such  amounts  into the  collection
account until on or before the applicable payment date. Pending deposit into the
collection account,  collections may be invested by the servicer at its own risk
and for its own benefit and will not be  segregated  from its own funds.  If the
servicer were unable to remit such funds, securityholders might incur a loss. To
the extent set forth in the related prospectus supplement,  the servicer may, in
order to satisfy the requirements  described above, obtain a letter of credit or
other security for the benefit of the related trust to secure timely remittances
of collections on the related  receivables and payment of the aggregate purchase
amounts with respect to receivables purchased by the servicer.

         Unless  otherwise  provided in the  applicable  prospectus  supplement,
payaheads on precomputed  receivables  will be  transferred  from the collection
account and deposited into the payahead  account for subsequent  transfer to the
collection account, as described above under "-- Accounts."

Advances

         Unless otherwise  provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  if a
receivable  is delinquent  more than 30 days at the end of a collection  period,
the  servicer  will make an advance in the amount of 30 days of interest  due on
such  receivable,  but  only  to the  extent  that  the  servicer,  in its  sole
discretion,  expects to recover the advance from  subsequent  collections on the
receivable or from  withdrawals  from any spread account or other form of credit
enhancement.  The servicer will deposit advances in the collection account on or
prior to the date specified  therefor in the related prospectus  supplement.  If
the  servicer  determines  that  reimbursement  of an  advance  from  subsequent
payments on or with respect to the related receivable is unlikely,  the servicer
may recover such  advance from  insurance  proceeds,  collections  made on other
receivables  or from  any  other  source  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
servicer will be entitled to receive a servicing fee with respect to each trust,
at a rate equal to one percent (1.00%) per annum, payable monthly at one-twelfth
the annual rate, of the related  aggregate  principal balance of the receivables
pool as of the  beginning of the related  collection  period.  Unless  otherwise
provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer also will collect
and retain any late  fees,  prepayment  charges,  other  administrative  fees or
similar  charges  allowed by applicable law with respect to the  receivables and
will be entitled to reimbursement from each trust for certain liabilities.

         The  servicing  fee will  compensate  the servicer for  performing  the
functions of a third-party  servicer of automotive  receivables  as an agent for
the  related  trust,  including  collecting  and posting  all  payments,  making
advances, responding to inquiries of obligors on the receivables,  investigating
delinquencies,   sending  payment  coupons  to  obligors,   and  overseeing  the
collateral in cases of obligor  default.  The servicing fee will also compensate
the  servicer  for  administering  the  related   receivables  pool,   including
accounting for collections and furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the
related trustee with respect to distributions, and generating federal income tax
information  for such trust and for the related  securityholders.  The servicing
fee also will reimburse the servicer for certain taxes, accounting fees, outside
auditor fees, data processing costs, and other costs incurred in connection with
administering the applicable receivables pool.

Payments and Distributions

         With  respect to each series of  securities,  beginning  on the payment
date specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  payments of principal and
interest (or,  where  applicable,  of interest  only or principal  only) on each
class of securities  entitled thereto will be made by the related trustee to the
related securityholders.  The timing, calculation, allocation, order, source and
priorities of, and  requirements  for, all payments to the holders of each class
of securities will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

         With  respect  to each  trust,  collections  on or with  respect to the
related  receivables will be deposited into the related  collection  account for
distribution to the related  securityholders  on each payment date to the extent
and in the  priority  provided  in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Credit
enhancement,  such as a  spread  account,  yield  supplement  account  or  other
arrangement,  may be available to cover  shortfalls in the amount  available for
distribution  on such date to the extent  specified  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.  As more fully described in the related prospectus  supplement,  and
unless otherwise specified therein,  payments in respect of principal of a class
of securities of a series will be subordinate to payments in respect of interest
on such class, and payments in respect of one or more classes of securities of a
series may be subordinate to payments in respect of other classes of securities.
Payments of principal on the  securities  of a series may be based on the amount
of principal  collected or due, or the amount of realized losses incurred,  in a
collection  period  or,  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  related  prospectus
supplement,  may be made on an accelerated  basis subject to the availability of
excess cash flow from the receivables.

Credit Enhancement

         The amounts and types of any credit  enhancement  arrangements  and the
provider thereof,  if applicable,  with respect to each class of securities of a
series will be set forth in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  To the extent
provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  credit or cash flow enhancement
may be in the form of subordination of one or more classes of securities, spread
accounts, cash collateral accounts, reserve accounts, yield supplement accounts,
insurance  policies,  letters of credit,  surety bonds,  over-collateralization,
credit or liquidity facilities,  guaranteed investment contracts, swaps or other
interest rate protection agreements,  repurchase  obligations,  other agreements
with respect to third-party  payments or other support,  cash deposits,  or such
other arrangements as may be described in the related prospectus supplement,  or
any  combination  of the foregoing.  If specified in the  applicable  prospectus
supplement,  credit or cash flow enhancement for a class of securities may cover
one or  more  other  classes  of  securities  of the  same  series,  and  credit
enhancement  for a series of  securities  may cover one or more other  series of
securities.

         The existence of a spread  account or other form of credit  enhancement
for the benefit of any class or series of  securities is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the securityholders of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such securityholders  will experience losses.  Unless otherwise specified in the
related prospectus  supplement,  the credit enhancement for a class or series of
securities  will not provide  protection  against all risks of loss and will not
guarantee repayment of all principal and interest thereon. If losses occur which
exceed the amount covered by such credit enhancement or which are not covered by
such credit enhancement, securityholders will bear their allocable share of such
losses, as described in the related  prospectus  supplement.  In addition,  if a
form  of  credit   enhancement  covers  more  than  one  series  of  securities,
securityholders  of any such series will be subject to the risk that such credit
enhancement may be exhausted by the claims of securityholders of other series.

         Spread Account.  If so provided in the related  prospectus  supplement,
pursuant to the related trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement or indenture,  if applicable,  the seller or the trust, as applicable,
will cause the applicable  trustee to establish a spread account for a series or
class or classes of securities,  which will be maintained with such trustee.  To
the extent provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  a spread account may
be funded by an initial  deposit by the seller on the closing date in the amount
set forth in the related prospectus  supplement and, if the related series has a
funding  period,  may also be funded  on each  subsequent  transfer  date to the
extent described in the related prospectus  supplement.  As further described in
the related prospectus  supplement,  the amount on deposit in the spread account
may be increased or reinstated on each payment date, to the extent  described in
the  related  prospectus  supplement,  by the  deposit  thereto of the amount of
collections on the related receivables  remaining on such payment date after the
payment of all other  required  payments  and  distributions  on such date.  The
related  prospectus  supplement will describe the circumstances  under which and
the manner in which  distributions  may be made out of any such spread  account,
either to holders of the certificates covered thereby or to the seller or to any
other entity.

Evidence of Compliance

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish annually
to the related  trustee a statement as to compliance by the servicer  during the
preceding twelve months with certain standards  relating to the servicing of the
receivables.

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will also provide for delivery to the related trustee each year of a certificate
signed by an officer of the servicer stating that the servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under such agreements  throughout the preceding twelve months or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such  obligation,  describing
each such  default.  The  servicer has agreed or will agree to give each trustee
notice of the  occurrence of certain  servicer  defaults under the related trust
and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing agreement.

         Copies of the foregoing  statements and certificates may be obtained by
securityholders  by a request in writing  addressed  to the  related  trustee or
indenture  trustee at the corporate  trust office for such trustee  specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will provide that UAC may not resign from its obligations and duties as servicer
thereunder,  except upon  determination that UAC's performance of such duties is
no longer  permissible  under  applicable law. No such  resignation  will become
effective  until the related  trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed UAC's
servicing obligations and duties under the related trust and servicing agreement
or pooling and servicing agreement.

         Each trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement
will  further  provide  that  neither  the  servicer  nor any of its  directors,
officers,  employees and agents will be under any liability to the related trust
or  securityholders  for  taking any action or for  refraining  from  taking any
action  pursuant to the related  trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling and
servicing agreement or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither
the servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any  liability  that
would  otherwise  be  imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of the servicer's  duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder.  In addition, each trust and
servicing  agreement or pooling and  servicing  agreement  will provide that the
servicer  is under no  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute  or defend any legal
action  that is not  incidental  to its  servicing  responsibilities  under such
agreements  and that,  in its  opinion,  may cause it to incur  any  expense  or
liability.

         Under the circumstances specified in each trust and servicing agreement
or pooling and servicing  agreement,  any entity into which UAC may be merged or
consolidated,  or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which
UAC is a party, or any entity  succeeding to the indirect  automobile  financing
and  receivable  servicing  business of UAC,  which  corporation or other entity
assumes the  obligations of the servicer,  will be the successor to the servicer
under such agreements.

Servicer Defaults

         Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  prospectus   supplement,
servicer  defaults  under  each trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling  and
servicing agreement will consist of:

         (1)      any  failure by the  servicer or UAC to deliver to the related
                  owner trustee or, if  applicable,  the  indenture  trustee for
                  payment to the related  securityholders  any required payment,
                  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for five  business days
                  after written  notice to the servicer of such failure from the
                  applicable  trustee  or  holders  of  the  related  securities
                  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the notes (or  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  certificates and/or notional principal amount, if applicable);

         (2)      any failure by the servicer, UAC or the seller duly to observe
                  or perform in any  material  respect any covenant or agreement
                  in the related  trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and
                  servicing  agreement,  which failure  materially and adversely
                  affects  the rights of the related  securityholders  and which
                  continues  unremedied for 60 days after written notice of such
                  failure is given to the  servicer,  UAC or the seller,  as the
                  case may be, by the related owner trustee,  or, if applicable,
                  the indenture  trustee,  or holders of the related  securities
                  evidencing  not  less  than  25%  of the  aggregate  principal
                  balance of the notes (or  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                  certificates and/or notional principal amount, if applicable);
                  and

         (3)      certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshaling
                  of assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings with respect
                  to the servicer and certain actions by the servicer indicating
                  its   insolvency,   reorganization   pursuant  to   bankruptcy
                  proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Servicer Default

         Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, as long
as a servicer default under the related trust and servicing agreement or pooling
and servicing  agreement  remains  unremedied,  the related owner trustee or, if
applicable,  indenture trustee, upon direction to do so by holders of securities
of the related series  evidencing  not less than 25% of the aggregate  principal
balance of the notes (or aggregate  principal balance of the certificates and/or
notional  principal  amount,  if  applicable)  may  terminate all the rights and
obligations  of the  servicer  under  such  agreements,  whereupon  a  successor
servicer  appointed  by the related  trustee or such trustee will succeed to all
the  responsibilities,  duties  and  liabilities  of  the  servicer  under  such
agreements  and will be  entitled  to  similar  compensation  arrangements.  If,
however,  a bankruptcy  trustee or similar  official has been  appointed for the
servicer, and no servicer default other than such appointment has occurred, such
trustee or official  may have the power to prevent  the  related  trustee or the
related  securityholders  from  effecting a transfer of servicing.  In the event
that the  related  trustee is  unwilling  or unable to act as  successor  to the
servicer,  such  trustee  may  appoint,  or may  petition  a court of  competent
jurisdiction  to appoint,  a successor with assets of at least  $50,000,000  and
whose regular  business  includes the servicing of automotive  receivables.  The
related  trustee  may  arrange  for  compensation  to be paid to such  successor
servicer,  which in no event may be greater than the servicing compensation paid
to the servicer  under the related trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and
servicing agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

         Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, holders
of  securities  evidencing  not less than a majority  of the  related  aggregate
principal  balance  of  the  notes  (or  aggregate   principal  balance  of  the
certificates or notional  principal amount, if applicable) may, on behalf of all
such  securityholders,  waive any default by the servicer in the  performance of
its obligations  under the related trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and
servicing  agreement  and its  consequences,  except a  default  in  making  any
required  deposits to or payments from any account in accordance  with the trust
and servicing agreement.  No such waiver will impair the securityholders' rights
with respect to subsequent servicer defaults.

Amendment

         Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  each
trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing agreement may be amended
from time to time by the seller,  the servicer,  the trust and the related owner
trustee or, if applicable, indenture trustee, without the consent of the related
securityholders,  to cure any  ambiguity,  correct or  supplement  any provision
therein that may be inconsistent with other provisions  therein,  or to make any
other  provisions  with  respect  to  matters or  questions  arising  under such
agreements  that are not  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the  agreements;
provided that such action shall not, in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to
the related  trustee,  materially  and  adversely  affect the  interests  of any
related  securityholder.  Each trust and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing  agreement  may also be amended by the seller,  the  servicer  and the
related  trustee  with the  consent  of the  holders of the  related  securities
evidencing not less than 51% of the related  aggregate  principal balance of the
notes (or aggregate  principal balance of the certificates or notional principal
amount,  if applicable)  for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  agreements or of
modifying in any manner the rights of such securityholders;  provided,  however,
that no such  amendment  may (1) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of,
or accelerate or delay the timing of,  collections  of payments on or in respect
of the related receivables or distributions that are required to be made for the
benefit of such  securityholders  or (2) reduce the aforesaid  percentage of the
aggregate  principal  balance of such  series that is required to consent to any
such  amendment,  without the  consent of the holders of all of the  outstanding
securities  of such series.  No amendment of the trust and  servicing  agreement
shall be  permitted  unless an opinion of counsel is delivered to the trustee to
the effect that such amendment  will not adversely  affect the tax status of the
trust.

Termination

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related prospectus  supplement,  the
obligations of the servicer, the seller, the trust and the related owner trustee
or indenture trustee pursuant to the applicable trust and servicing agreement or
pooling and servicing agreement or indenture, if applicable, will terminate upon
the  earliest  to occur of (1) the  maturity  or other  liquidation  of the last
receivable in the related  receivables  pool and the  disposition of any amounts
received upon liquidation of any such remaining  receivables and (2) the payment
to the  related  securityholders  of all  amounts  required  to be  paid to them
pursuant  to the  applicable  trust  and  servicing  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing agreement and, in the case of a series of notes issued by a trust, the
indenture.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,  in
order to avoid excessive  administrative  expenses,  the servicer or one or more
other  entities  identified  in  the  related  prospectus  supplement,  will  be
permitted,  at its option, to purchase from each trust or to cause such trust to
sell all remaining  receivables in the related receivables pool as of the end of
any collection  period,  if the aggregate  principal  balance of the receivables
pool or a specified class of securities as of the end of the related  collection
period  would be less  than or  equal  to the  level  set  forth in the  related
prospectus  supplement.  The purchase price for such a purchase will be the fair
market  value  of  such  receivables,  but  not  less  than  the  sum of (1) the
outstanding  aggregate principal balance of the receivables pool and (2) accrued
and unpaid  interest  on such amount  computed  at a rate equal to the  weighted
average contract rate of the receivables, minus any amount representing payments
received on the receivables and not yet applied to reduce the principal  balance
thereof or  interest  related  thereto or the  weighted  average  interest  rate
applicable to any outstanding  securities as specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

                                  THE INDENTURE

         The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms  of  each  indenture
pursuant  to which a trust will  issue a series of notes,  if any.  The  summary
assumes  that the notes are insured by an  insurance  policy and, if the related
prospectus  supplement  provides that the notes will be insured by a policy, the
insurer will control the exercise of the rights and remedies of the  noteholders
unless the insurer is in default under the policy.  A form of indenture has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement of which this prospectus is a
part. The following summary is not complete.  For a more detailed description of
the  indenture,  you  should  read  the  indenture  and the  related  prospectus
supplement.

Default under the Indenture

         With respect to the notes of a given series, unless otherwise specified
in the related  prospectus  supplement,  an indenture  default under the related
indenture will occur if:

         o        the trust fails to pay any  interest or  principal on any note
                  after such  amounts  are due and payable for five or more days
                  after  notice  thereof is given to the trust by the  indenture
                  trustee,  or if  applicable,  the insurer,  or after notice is
                  given to such trust and the  indenture  trustee by the holders
                  of at least 25% of the  principal  amount  of the  outstanding
                  notes;

         o        the trust  defaults in the  observance or  performance  of any
                  covenant or  agreement  that it made in the related  indenture
                  and the default continues for a period of 60 days after notice
                  is  given  to such  trust  by the  indenture  trustee  or,  if
                  applicable,  the  insurer,  or after  notice  is given to such
                  trust and such  indenture  trustee by the  holders of at least
                  25% of the principal amount of the outstanding notes;

         o        the trust makes any  representation or warranty in the related
                  indenture (or in any certificate  delivered in connection with
                  such indenture) that was incorrect in a material respect as of
                  the time  made,  and such  breach is not cured  within 30 days
                  after notice is given to such trust by the  indenture  trustee
                  or, if  applicable,  the insurer,  or after notice is given to
                  such trust and such  indenture  trustee  by the  holders of at
                  least 25% of the  principal  amount of the  outstanding  notes
                  (voting as a single class); or

         o        certain  events of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or
                  liquidation  of the  applicable  trust  (a  "Trust  Bankruptcy
                  Event") occur.

         Either the insurer or the noteholders may declare an indenture default.
The insurer will control the remedy for an indenture default, unless the insurer
is in default under the policy,  in which case the noteholders  will control the
remedy.  The party who  declares  the  indenture  default  may give  notice  and
accelerate  the  payment of  principal  in respect of the notes,  declaring  the
principal on the notes immediately due and payable.

         If an indenture  default occurs and the insurer is not in default under
the Policy,  the insurer will have the right to control the remedy.  The insurer
may, at its  discretion  under  certain  circumstances,  require  the  indenture
trustee to liquidate the property of the trust, in whole or in part, on any date
following the  acceleration  of the notes due to such  indenture  default.  Such
liquidation will cause a full or partial redemption of the notes.  However,  the
insurer may not cause the  indenture  trustee to  liquidate  the property of the
trust if the  liquidation  proceeds  would not be enough to pay all  outstanding
principal and accrued interest on the notes,  unless the indenture default arose
from a Trust Bankruptcy Event.

         If an indenture  default occurs and the insurer is in default under the
policy,  the holders of at least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the notes then  outstanding  (voting as a single class) will have the
right to control the remedies available under the indenture with respect to such
default,  including the right to direct the  indenture  trustee to liquidate the
property of the trust.  However,  the  noteholders  may not direct the indenture
trustee to  liquidate  the property of the trust  unless the  indenture  default
arose from a Trust Bankruptcy Event.

         Following  an  indenture  default and  acceleration  of the notes,  the
indenture  trustee  will  continue  to submit  claims  under the  policy for any
shortfalls  in amounts  needed to make  payments on the notes,  unless the party
controlling the remedies liquidates the property of the trust. If the insurer or
the  noteholders  elect to liquidate the trust property upon the occurrence of a
Trust  Bankruptcy  Event, as described  above, the policy should be available to
cover losses to noteholders  resulting from the liquidation of the trust assets.
Upon such a payment  following a liquidation of all of the trust's  assets,  the
policy will be  terminated  and the insurer will have no further  obligation  to
make any additional payment under the policy.

         If the  noteholders  control the remedy upon an  indenture  default and
wish to sell the trust's assets upon a Trust  Bankruptcy  Event, the noteholders
may determine to sell the  receivables  whether or not the proceeds of such sale
will be sufficient to pay any portion of the principal and interest payable with
respect to any subordinated  class of notes. Upon such a sale of the receivables
by the  indenture  trustee,  if the insurer  remains in default and the proceeds
from  such  sale and any  amounts  on  deposit  in the  spread  account  and the
collection  account are not  sufficient  to pay all the notes in full,  then the
subordinated  class of notes will bear  losses as  described  in the  prospectus
supplement.

Certain Covenants

         Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement with respect to a
series that includes  notes,  each indenture will provide that the related trust
may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless:

         o        the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
                  is organized under the laws of the United States, any state or
                  the District of Columbia;

         o        such entity expressly  assumes the trust's  obligation to make
                  due and punctual  payments on the notes of the related  series
                  and the  performance or observance of every  obligation of the
                  trust under the indenture;

         o        no indenture  default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing
                  immediately after such merger or consolidation;

         o        the indenture  trustee has been advised that the rating of the
                  securities  of such series then in effect would not be reduced
                  or withdrawn  by any rating  agency as a result of such merger
                  or consolidation; and

         o        the  indenture  trustee has  received an opinion of counsel to
                  the effect  that such  consolidation  or merger  would have no
                  material adverse tax consequence to the trust or to any of its
                  noteholders.

         Each trust that issues notes will not, among other things:

         o        except as expressly permitted by the applicable indenture, the
                  applicable  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  or  certain
                  related documents with respect to such trust, sell,  transfer,
                  exchange  or  otherwise  dispose  of any of the assets of such
                  trust;

         o        claim any credit on or make any  deduction  from the principal
                  and  interest  payable in respect of the notes of the  related
                  series (other than amounts withheld under the Internal Revenue
                  Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or applicable state law)
                  or assert any claim  against any  present or former  holder of
                  such notes  because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
                  upon such trust;

         o        permit the validity or effectiveness of the related  indenture
                  to be impaired  or permit any person to be  released  from any
                  covenants or obligations with respect to such notes under such
                  indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby;

         o        dissolve or  liquidate in whole or in part until the notes are
                  repaid or will be repaid as a result thereof; or

         o        permit any lien,  charge,  excise,  claim,  security interest,
                  mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or
                  otherwise  impair  the  assets of such  trust or the  proceeds
                  thereof.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

         An indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the related notes upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of
all such notes or, with certain  limitations,  upon deposit with such  indenture
trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such notes.

Modification of Indenture

         With respect to each trust that issues notes, unless otherwise provided
in the related prospectus  supplement,  the trust and the indenture trustee may,
with the consent of the holders of notes of the related  series  evidencing  not
less than 51% of the outstanding  principal  balance of such notes,  acting as a
single  class and with the  consent of the  servicer  (which  consent may not be
unreasonably  withheld) execute a supplemental  indenture to add to or change in
any manner the indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any manner the
rights of the noteholders.

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related  prospectus  supplement with
respect to a series of securities which includes notes, the indenture may not be
amended to:

         o        change  the due date of any  installment  of  principal  of or
                  interest  on any  outstanding  note or  reduce  the  principal
                  amount,  the  interest  rate on or the  redemption  price with
                  respect  thereto or change the method,  place,  or currency of
                  payment;

         o        impair  the right to  institute  suit for the  enforcement  of
                  certain provisions of the indenture regarding payment;

         o        reduce  the   percentage  of  the  aggregate   amount  of  the
                  outstanding  notes of such series  which is  required  for any
                  such  indenture  supplement  or the  consent of the holders of
                  which is required  for any waiver of  compliance  with certain
                  provisions of the indenture or defaults thereunder;

         o        modify or alter the provisions of the indenture  regarding the
                  voting of notes held by the applicable trust, the seller or an
                  affiliate of any of them;

         o        reduce the percentage of the aggregate  outstanding  amount of
                  such series which is required to direct the indenture  trustee
                  to sell or liquidate the receivables; or

         o        permit  the  creation  of any  lien  ranking  prior to or on a
                  parity with the lien of the indenture  trustee with respect to
                  any of the  collateral  for such notes or, except as otherwise
                  permitted or  contemplated  in such  indenture,  terminate the
                  lien of such  indenture on any such  collateral or deprive the
                  holder of any such note of the  security  afforded by the lien
                  of such indenture trustee.

         Unless otherwise provided in the applicable  prospectus supplement with
respect to a series that  includes  notes,  the related  trust and the indenture
trustee  may also enter into  supplemental  indentures,  without  obtaining  the
consent of the  noteholders of the related  series,  but with the consent of the
servicer  (which  consent may not be  unreasonably  withheld) for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of the  indenture  or of  modifying in any manner the rights of such
noteholders;  provided that such action will not materially and adversely affect
the interest of any such noteholder.

         The trust and  servicing  agreement  for a trust which issues notes may
not be amended without the consent of the insurer, the indenture trustee and the
noteholders (by the holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of the notes) unless, in the opinion of counsel, such amendment does not
adversely affect the interests of such parties in any material respect.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

Security Interest in Vehicles

         Installment  sale contracts  such as those included in the  receivables
evidence the credit sale of vehicles by dealers to obligors. Those contracts and
the  installment  loan and security  agreements  that make up the balance of the
receivables also constitute  personal property  security  agreements and include
grants of  security  interests  in the  vehicles  under the UCC.  Perfection  of
security  interests in the vehicles is generally  governed by the motor  vehicle
registration  laws of the state in which the vehicle is  located.  In all of the
states  where UAC  currently  acquires  or  originates  receivables,  a security
interest in a vehicle is  perfected  by notation of the secured  party's lien on
the vehicle's certificate of title. With respect to the receivables, the lien is
or will be perfected in the name of one of the Named Lienholders.

         Pursuant to each purchase agreement,  the applicable Funding Subsidiary
will sell the  receivables  along with its  security  interests  in the financed
vehicles  to the  seller.  Pursuant  to each trust and  servicing  agreement  or
pooling and servicing agreement, the seller will sell the receivables along with
its security  interests in the financed  vehicles to the related  trust.  In the
case of a series of notes  issued by a trust,  pursuant to each  indenture,  the
trust  will  grant the  indenture  trustee a security  interest  in its  assets,
including the  receivables and its security  interest in the financed  vehicles.
Because of the  administrative  burden and  expense,  neither the seller nor the
applicable trustee will amend any certificate of title to identify itself as the
secured party.

         In most states,  an  assignment in the form of a sale or pledge such as
that  under  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  or the  indenture  is an
effective  conveyance of a security interest without amendment of any lien noted
on a vehicle's  certificate of title,  and the assignee  succeeds thereby to the
assignor's rights as secured party. In many states in which the receivables were
originated,  the laws governing certificates of title are silent on the question
of the effect of an  assignment on the  continued  validity and  perfection of a
security  interest in  vehicles.  However,  with  respect to security  interests
perfected by a central filing,  the UCC in these states provides that a security
interest  continues to be valid and perfected even though the security  interest
has been  assigned to a third party and no  amendments or other filings are made
to reflect the assignment. The Permanent Editorial Board for the UCC has adopted
an official  comment to the UCC that  provides  that this rule also applies to a
security interest in a vehicle which is perfected by the notation of the lien on
the certificate of title. Although the Permanent Editorial Board commentary does
not have the force of law, such comments are typically given substantial  weight
by the courts.

         The  other  states  in  which  the  receivables  were  originated  have
statutory  provisions  that  address  or  could  be  interpreted  as  addressing
assignments.  However,  nearly all of these statutory  provisions  either do not
require  compliance with the procedure outlined to insure the continued validity
and  perfection  of the  lien or are  ambiguous  on the  issue  of  whether  the
procedure must be followed. Under the official comment described above, if these
procedures  for  noting  an  assignee's  name  on a  certificate  of  title  are
determined to be merely  permissive in nature,  the procedures would not have to
be followed as a condition  to the  continued  validity  and  perfection  of the
security interest.

         By not  identifying  the trust or the indenture  trustee as the secured
party on the  certificate  of title,  the security  interest of the trust or the
indenture  trustee in the vehicle could be defeated through fraud or negligence.
In the  absence  of fraud or forgery  by the  vehicle  owner or one of the Named
Lienholders, or administrative error by state or local agencies, the notation of
a Named  Lienholder's  lien on the certificates  should be sufficient to protect
the trust or the indenture trustee against the right of subsequent purchasers of
a vehicle  or  subsequent  lenders  who take a  security  interest  in a vehicle
securing a  receivable.  If there are any  vehicles as to which one of the Named
Lienholders  failed  to  obtain a  perfected  security  interest,  its  security
interest would be  subordinate  to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers of the
vehicles and holders of perfected security interests.  Such a failure,  however,
would constitute a breach of warranties under the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreements  and would  create an  obligation  of UAC to  repurchase  the related
receivable,  unless such breach were cured in a timely manner.  See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

         Under the laws of most  states,  including  most of the states in which
the receivables have been or will be originated, the perfected security interest
in a vehicle continues for four months after a vehicle is moved to a state other
than the state which issued the  certificate of title and  thereafter  until the
vehicle owner  re-registers  the vehicle in the new state.  A majority of states
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle. Since UAFC
(or one of the  other  Named  Lienholders)  will  have  its  lien  noted  on the
certificates   of  title  and  the  servicer  will  retain   possession  of  the
certificates of title issued by most states in which receivables were or will be
originated, the servicer would ordinarily learn of an attempt at re-registration
through the request from the obligor to surrender  possession of the certificate
of title or would receive notice of surrender from the state of  re-registration
since the security  interest would be noted on the  certificate of title.  Thus,
the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest
in the  vehicle  in the state of  relocation.  In states  that do not  require a
certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle,  re-registration could
defeat perfection.

         In the ordinary  course of servicing  receivables,  the servicer  takes
steps to effect  re-perfection  upon  receipt  of notice of  re-registration  or
information from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly, when an obligor sells
a vehicle, the servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or
will  receive  notice  as a  result  of  UAFC's  (or  one  of  the  other  Named
Lienholders')  lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have an  opportunity to
require satisfaction of the related receivable before release of the lien. Under
each trust and  servicing  agreement  or pooling and  servicing  agreement,  the
servicer is obligated to take appropriate steps, at its own expense, to maintain
perfection of security interests in the financed vehicles.

         Under the laws of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a motor
vehicle  and liens for unpaid  taxes would take  priority  over even a perfected
security  interest in a financed vehicle.  In some states, a perfected  security
interest in a financed vehicle may take priority over liens for repairs.

         UAC and the applicable Funding Subsidiary will represent and warrant in
each  Transfer and Servicing  Agreement  that, as of the date of issuance of the
securities,  each security interest in a financed vehicle is or will be prior to
all other  present liens (other than tax liens and liens that arise by operation
of law) upon and security interests in such financed vehicle. However, liens for
repairs or taxes  could arise at any time  during the term of a  receivable.  No
notice  will  be  given  to  the   trustee,   the   indenture   trustee  or  the
securityholders in the event such a lien arises.

Repossession

         In the event of a default by vehicle purchasers, the holder of a retail
installment sale contract or an installment loan and security  agreement has all
of the  remedies of a secured  party under the UCC,  except  where  specifically
limited by other state laws.  The remedy  employed by the servicer in most cases
of  default  is  self-help  repossession  and is  accomplished  simply by taking
possession  of the  financed  vehicle.  The  self-help  repossession  remedy  is
available under the UCC in most of the states in which  receivables have been or
will be originated as long as the  repossession  can be  accomplished  without a
breach of the peace.

         In cases where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession,
or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained
from the  appropriate  state  court.  The vehicle  must then be  repossessed  in
accordance with that order.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

         In the event of default by an obligor,  some jurisdictions require that
the obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period  within  which
the obligor  may cure the  default  prior to  repossession.  Some  jurisdictions
provide for a similar right  following  repossession.  Generally,  this right of
reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year
period.

         The UCC and other state laws  require  the secured  party to provide an
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor generally has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by
paying the secured party the unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation  plus
reasonable expenses for repossessing,  holding, and preparing the collateral for
disposition  and  arranging  for its sale,  and,  to the extent  provided in the
related retail installment sale contract,  and, as permitted by law,  reasonable
attorneys' fees.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

         The proceeds of resale of financed  vehicles  generally will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the  indebtedness.  If the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount
of  the  indebtedness,  a  deficiency  judgment  may  be  sought.  However,  the
deficiency  judgment  would be a personal  judgment  against the obligor for the
shortfall,  and a defaulting obligor can be expected to have very little capital
or sources of income available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases,
it may not be useful to seek a deficiency  judgment  or, if one is obtained,  it
may be settled at a significant discount.

         Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and
all  indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC requires
the  creditor to remit the  surplus to any holder of a lien with  respect to the
vehicle or if no such lienholder  exists, the UCC requires the creditor to remit
the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.

Consumer Protection Laws

         Numerous  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  and  related
regulations  impose  substantial   requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers
involved in consumer finance.  These laws may include the Truth-in-Lending  Act,
the Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair
Credit  Billing Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices  Act, the  Magnuson-Moss  Warranty  Act, the Federal  Reserve  Board's
Regulations B and Z, state  adaptations of the National  Consumer Act and of the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle retail  installment  sales
acts,  and other  similar  laws.  Also,  state  laws may impose  finance  charge
ceilings and other  restrictions on consumer  transactions  and require contract
disclosures in addition to those required under federal law. Those  requirements
impose  specific  statutory  liabilities  upon creditors who fail to comply with
their  provisions.  In some cases,  this  liability  could affect an  assignee's
ability to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the receivables.

         The  so-called   "Holder-in-Due-Course"   Rule  of  the  Federal  Trade
Commission (the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by
the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code,  other state statutes,  or the common laws in
certain  states,  has the effect of  subjecting  a seller (and  certain  related
lenders and their  assignees) in a consumer credit  transaction and any assignee
of the seller to all claims and  defenses  that the  obligor in the  transaction
could assert  against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the FTC Rule is
limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the contract, and the holder of
the contract may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining due thereunder
from the obligor. Most of the receivables will be subject to the requirements of
the FTC Rule.  Accordingly,  the trustee or the indenture trustee,  as holder of
the  receivables,  will be subject to any claims or defenses that the obligor of
the related financed vehicle may assert against the seller of the vehicle.  Such
claims  are  limited to a maximum  liability  equal to the  amounts  paid by the
obligor on the receivable.

         Under most state motor vehicle dealer licensing laws,  dealers of motor
vehicles  are  required  to be licensed  to sell motor  vehicles  at retail.  In
addition,  with respect to used vehicles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on
Sale of Used Vehicles requires that all dealers prepare,  complete and display a
"Buyer's  Guide"  which  explains  the  warranty  coverage  for  such  vehicles.
Furthermore,  federal odometer  regulations  promulgated under the Motor Vehicle
Information  and Cost Savings Act requires that all used vehicle dealers furnish
a written statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the odometer
reading.  If a dealer is not properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's  Guide or
Odometer  Disclosure  Statement was not provided to the purchaser of the related
financed  vehicle,  the  obligor  may be able to  assert a defense  against  the
dealer.  If an obligor were  successful  in asserting any such claim or defense,
such claim or defense  would  constitute a breach of UAC's  representations  and
warranties  under each  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  and would create an
obligation of UAC to repurchase the receivable  unless such breach were cured in
a timely manner.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements --
Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

         Courts have applied  general  equitable  principles to secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

         In several cases,  consumers have asserted that the self-help  remedies
of secured  parties  under the UCC and  related  laws  violate  the due  process
protections  provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States.  Courts  have  generally  upheld  the notice  provisions  of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor  do not  involve  sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

         UAC will  represent  and warrant in each purchase  agreement  that each
receivable  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all  material  respects.
Accordingly,  if an obligor has a claim against a trust for violation of any law
and such claim  materially  and  adversely  affects the trust's or the indenture
trustee's interest in a receivable,  such violation would constitute a breach of
UAC's  representations  and  warranties  under the purchase  agreement and would
create an obligation of UAC to repurchase such receivable unless the breach were
cured.  See  "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables."

Other Limitations

         In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related  state  laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a lender to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
lender from repossessing an automobile, and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce  the  amount  of the  secured  indebtedness  to the  market  value of the
automobile at the time of bankruptcy (as  determined by the court),  leaving the
party providing  financing as a general unsecured  creditor for the remainder of
the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under a contract or change the rate of  interest  and time of  repayment  of the
indebtedness.

Bankruptcy Matters

         UAC and the applicable Funding Subsidiary will represent and warrant to
the  seller in each  purchase  agreement,  and the  seller  will  warrant to the
related  trust in each trust and  servicing  agreement or pooling and  servicing
agreement,  that the  sales of the  receivables  by UAC to UAFC,  by UAFC to the
applicable  Funding  Subsidiary,  by the  applicable  Funding  Subsidiary to the
seller  and by the  seller to the trust are valid  sales of the  receivables  to
UAFC,  the   applicable   Funding   Subsidiary,   the  seller  and  such  trust,
respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if UAC, UAFC, UACFC, the applicable
Funding  Subsidiary  or the seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy  case
and a creditor or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such  debtor or such debtor  itself
were to take the position that the sale of  receivables  to UAFC, the applicable
Funding  Subsidiary,  the  seller or the trust  should  instead  be treated as a
pledge of such  receivables  to secure a  borrowing  of such  debtor,  delays in
payments of collections of receivables to securityholders could occur or (should
the court rule in favor of any such trustee,  debtor or creditor)  reductions in
the amounts of such payments could result. If the transfer of receivables to the
trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax or government  lien on the
property of UAC, UAFC, the applicable  Funding  Subsidiary or the seller arising
before the transfer of the related  receivables  to such trust may have priority
over such trust's interest in such receivables.  If the transfers of receivables
from  UAC and UAFC to the  applicable  Funding  Subsidiary,  from  such  Funding
Subsidiary  to the seller and from the seller to the trust are treated as sales,
the receivables would not be part of the UAC's, UAFC's,  UACFC's, the applicable
Funding  Subsidiary's  or  the  seller's  bankruptcy  estate  and  would  not be
available to the bankrupt entity's creditors.

         The  decision  of the U.S.  Court of  Appeals  for the  Tenth  Circuit,
Octagon Gas System,  Inc. v. Rimmer (In re Meridian Reserve,  Inc.) (decided May
27, 1993), contains language to the effect that under the UCC accounts sold by a
debtor would remain property of the debtor's  bankruptcy estate,  whether or not
the sale of the accounts was  perfected.  Although  the  receivables  constitute
chattel paper under the UCC, rather than accounts,  Article 9 of the UCC applies
to the sale of chattel paper as well as the sale of accounts,  and perfection of
a security  interest in both chattel paper and accounts may be  accomplished  by
the filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement.  If,  following a bankruptcy of UAC,
UAFC, the applicable  Funding  Subsidiary or the seller,  a court were to follow
the  reasoning  of the  Tenth  Circuit  reflected  in the above  case,  then the
receivables  could be included in the bankruptcy estate of UAC, UAFC, UACFC, the
applicable  Funding  Subsidiary  or the  seller,  as  applicable,  and delays in
payments of collections on or in respect of the receivables could occur. UAC and
the applicable  Funding  Subsidiary  will warrant to the seller in each purchase
agreement,  and the seller will warrant to the trust in each trust and servicing
agreement  or pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  that the sale of the  related
receivables to the seller or the related trust is a sale of such  receivables to
the seller and to the trust, respectively.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The following is a general  summary of the material  federal income tax
consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the securities.  The
summary does not purport to deal with federal income tax consequences applicable
to all categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special rules. For
example,  its does not discuss the tax  treatment  of  securityholders  that are
insurance  companies,  regulated  investment companies or dealers in securities.
You are urged to consult  your own tax  advisors  in  determining  the  federal,
state,  local,  foreign and any other tax  consequences  to you of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the securities.

         The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, the
Treasury  regulations  promulgated  thereunder and judicial or ruling authority,
all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.  Each trust
will be  provided  with an opinion  of federal  tax  counsel  regarding  certain
federal income tax matters  discussed  below.  Such opinions,  however,  are not
binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or the courts.  No ruling on
any of the issues  discussed  below will be sought from the IRS. For purposes of
the following summary,  references to the trust, the notes, the certificates and
related terms,  parties and documents shall be deemed to refer, unless otherwise
specified in this prospectus,  to each trust, the notes and the certificates and
the related terms, parties and documents applicable to such trust.

         The federal income tax  consequences  to  certificateholders  will vary
depending  on whether the trust is treated as a  partnership  under the Code and
applicable  Treasury  regulations  or  whether  the trust  will be  treated as a
grantor trust.  The prospectus  supplement for each series of certificates  will
specify  whether  the trust  will be treated  as a  partnership  or as a grantor
trust.

FASITs

         Sections  860H  through 860L of the Code provide for the creation of an
entity for  federal  income tax  purposes,  referred  to as a  "financial  asset
securitization  investment trust" ("FASIT").  These provisions were effective as
of September 1, 1997, but many technical issues  concerning  FASITs have not yet
been addressed by Treasury  regulations.  To qualify as a FASIT,  an entity must
meet  certain  requirements  under  Section 860L of the Code and must elect such
treatment. The applicable trust and servicing agreement or pooling and servicing
agreement and indenture,  if applicable,  may be amended in accordance  with the
provisions  thereof to provide  that the seller and  trustee  will cause a FASIT
election  to be made for the trust if the seller  delivers to the trustee or the
indenture trustee and, if applicable,  the insurer, an opinion of counsel to the
effect that, for federal income tax purposes,  (1) the deemed  issuance of FASIT
regular  interests  (occurring  in  connection  with  such  election)  will  not
adversely  affect  the  federal  income tax  treatment  of the  securities,  (2)
following such election such trust will not be deemed to be an  association  (or
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (3) such election will
not cause or  constitute  an event in which gain or loss would be  recognized by
any securityholder or the trust.

TRUSTS TREATED AS PARTNERSHIPS

Tax Characterization of the Trust as a Partnership

         A trust  which is not  treated  as a grantor  trust and which  does not
affirmatively  elect  to be  treated  as a  corporation  will  be  treated  as a
partnership  under applicable  Treasury  regulations as long as there are two or
more beneficial owners and will be ignored as a separate entity where there is a
single  beneficial owner of all equity classes of the related series  (including
any class of notes treated as equity for federal income tax  purposes).  Federal
tax counsel will deliver its opinion that a trust will not be an association (or
publicly  traded  partnership)  taxable as a corporation  for federal income tax
purposes.  This  opinion will be based on the  assumption  that the terms of the
trust and servicing  agreement or pooling and servicing  agreement and indenture
and  related  documents  will be  complied  with,  including  the  making  of no
affirmative election to be treated as a corporation. Such counsel's opinion will
also conclude that the nature of the income of the trust will exempt it from the
rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.

         If a trust  were  taxable  as a  corporation  for  federal  income  tax
purposes, it would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The
trust's  taxable  income  would  include  all  of  its  income  on  the  related
receivables,  less  servicing  fees and  other  deductible  expenses,  which may
include its interest  expense on the notes.  Any such corporate income tax could
materially  reduce cash available to make  distributions on the securities,  and
beneficial owners of securities (the "Security  Owners") could be liable for any
such tax that is unpaid by the trust.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

         Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness.  The seller will agree, and the
noteholders  will agree by their  purchase of notes,  to treat the notes as debt
for federal income tax purposes.  Federal tax counsel will,  except as otherwise
provided in the related prospectus  supplement,  advise the trust that the notes
should be classified as debt for federal  income tax  purposes.  The  discussion
below assumes this characterization of the notes is correct.

         OID. The  discussion  below  assumes that all payments on the notes are
denominated in U.S.  dollars,  and that the interest formula for the notes meets
the requirements for "qualified stated interest" under Treasury regulations (the
"OID Regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID
on the notes (i.e.,  any excess of the principal  amount of the notes over their
issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal
amount  multiplied  by the number of full years  included  in their  term),  all
within the meaning of the OID Regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied
with respect to any given series of notes,  additional tax  considerations  with
respect to such notes will be disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.

         Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following  paragraph,  the notes will not be considered  issued
with OID.  The  stated  interest  thereon  will be taxable  to a  noteholder  as
ordinary  interest  income  when  received  or accrued in  accordance  with such
noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under the OID Regulations, a holder of a
note issued with more than a de minimis  amount of OID must  include such OID in
income,  on a pro rata  basis as  principal  payments  are made on the  note.  A
purchaser  who buys a note  for more or less  than  its  principal  amount  will
generally  be  subject,  respectively,  to the  premium  amortization  or market
discount rules of the Code.

         A holder of a note that has a fixed  maturity date of not more than one
year from the issue  date of such  short-term  note may be  subject  to  special
rules.  An accrual  basis holder of a  short-term  note (and certain cash method
holders,  including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code)  generally  would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line  basis over the term of each interest  period.  Other
cash basis holders of a short-term note would, in general, be required to report
interest  income  as  interest  is  paid  (or,  if  earlier,  upon  the  taxable
disposition  of  the  short-term  note).  However,  a  cash  basis  holder  of a
short-term note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness  incurred
to purchase or carry the  short-term  note until the taxable  disposition of the
short-term  note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all  nongovernment  debt obligations with a term of
one year or less,  in which case the  taxpayer  would  include  interest  on the
short-term  note in  income as it  accrues,  but  would  not be  subject  to the
interest  expense deferral rule referred to in the preceding  sentence.  Certain
special rules apply if a short-term  note is purchased for more or less than its
principal amount.

         Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a noteholder  sells a note,  the holder
will  recognize  gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. The
adjusted tax basis of a note to a particular  noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the note, increased by any market discount,  acquisition discount,  OID
and gain  previously  included by such  noteholder in income with respect to the
note and decreased by the amount of bond premium, if any,  previously  amortized
and by the amount of principal payments  previously  received by such noteholder
with respect to such note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if
the note was held as a  capital  asset,  except  for gain  representing  accrued
interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.  Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.

         Non-U.S.  Holders.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a noteholder
who is a  nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation  or  other  holder  who is a
Non-U.S.  Person (as defined  below under "Trusts  Treated as Grantor  Trusts --
Non-U.S.  Persons")  generally  will  be  considered  "portfolio  interest"  and
generally  will  not  be  subject  to  United  States  federal  income  tax  and
withholding  tax, if the interest is not effectively  connected with the conduct
of a trade or business  within the United States by the Non-U.S.  Person and the
Non-U.S. Person (1) is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder"
of the  trust  or the  seller  (including  a  holder  of 10% of the  outstanding
certificates) or a "controlled  foreign  corporation"  with respect to which the
trust or the seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and (2)
provides the trustee or other person who is otherwise  required to withhold U.S.
tax with respect to the notes with an  appropriate  statement  (on Form W-8 or a
similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial
owner of the note is a Non-U.S. Person and providing the Non-U.S.  Person's name
and address.  If a note is held through a securities  clearing  organization  or
certain other  financial  institutions,  the  organization  or  institution  may
provide the relevant signed  statement to the  withholding  agent. In that case,
however,  the signed  statement  must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute
form provided by the Non-U.S. Person that owns the note. If such interest is not
portfolio interest,  then it will be subject to United States federal income and
withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent,  unless reduced or eliminated  pursuant
to an applicable tax treaty.

         Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption,  retirement or other
taxable  disposition  of a note by a Non-U.S.  Person will be exempt from United
States federal income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (1) such gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States by the  Non-U.S.  Person  and (2) in the case of an  individual  Non-U.S.
Person,  the individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
in the taxable year.

         Final  regulations  dealing  with  withholding  tax on  income  paid to
Non-U.S.  Persons and related matters were issued by the Treasury  Department on
October 6, 1997.  These new withholding  regulations will generally be effective
for payments made after December 31, 2000,  subject to certain transition rules.
Current witholding  certificates will remain valid until the earlier of December
31, 2000 or the due date of  expiration  of the  certificate  under the rules as
currently in effect. The new withholding  regulations would require, in the case
of notes held by a foreign  partnership,  that (x) the  certification  described
above be provided by the partners rather than by the foreign partnership and (y)
the partnership provide certain information,  including a United States taxpayer
identification  number.  A  look-through  rule would apply in the case of tiered
partnerships.  Prospective investors who are Non-U.S. Persons are strongly urged
to  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  with  respect  to  the  new  withholding
regulations.

         Backup  Withholding.  Each noteholder (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax-exempt organization,  qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust,   individual   retirement  account  or  nonresident  alien  who  provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide,  under
penalties of perjury,  a  certificate  containing  the holder's  name,  address,
correct federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not  subject to backup  withholding.  Should a nonexempt  noteholder  fail to
provide the  required  certification,  the trust will be required to withhold 31
percent of the amount  otherwise  payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

         Possible  Alternative  Treatments  of the Notes.  If,  contrary  to the
opinion of federal tax counsel,  the IRS successfully  asserted that one or more
classes  of notes in a series  did not  represent  debt for  federal  income tax
purposes,  such notes might be treated as equity  interests in the trust.  If so
treated, the trust should be treated as a publicly traded partnership that would
not be taxable as a corporation  because it would meet certain qualifying income
tests.  Nonetheless,  treatment  of the  notes  as  equity  interests  in such a
publicly  traded  partnership  could have  adverse tax  consequences  to certain
holders.  For example,  income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension
funds) would be "unrelated business taxable income", income to Non-U.S.  Persons
generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S.  withholding  tax  requirements,
and individual holders might be subject to certain  limitations on their ability
to deduct their share of trust expenses.

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

         Treatment  of the Trust as a  Partnership.  The seller and the servicer
will agree, and the related  certificateholders  will agree by their purchase of
certificates,  to treat the trust as a  partnership  for purposes of federal and
state income tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part
by income,  with the  assets of the  partnership  being the  assets  held by the
trust, the partners of the partnership being the  certificateholders  (including
the holder of any certificates  representing the retained interest in the trust)
and  the  notes   being   debt  of  the   partnership.   However,   the   proper
characterization of the arrangement  involving the trust, the certificates,  the
notes, the seller and the servicer is not clear because there is no authority on
transactions closely comparable to that contemplated herein.

         A variety of alternative  characterizations are possible.  For example,
because the  certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt,  the
certificates  might be  considered  debt of the  seller or the  trust.  Any such
characterization  would not result in  materially  adverse tax  consequences  to
certificateholders  as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of the
certificates  as  equity  in  a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion  assumes  that  the  certificates  represent  equity  interests  in a
partnership.

         Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership,  the trust will not be subject
to federal  income  tax.  Rather,  each  certificateholder  will be  required to
separately  take into account such holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions  and credits of the trust.  The trust's  income will consist
primarily  of interest  and finance  charges  earned on the related  receivables
(including  appropriate  adjustments for market discount,  OID and bond premium)
and any gain upon  collection or  disposition of such  receivables.  The trust's
deductions  will  consist  primarily  of interest  accruing  with respect to the
notes,  servicing and other fees,  and losses or deductions  upon  collection or
disposition of receivables.

         The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  to the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(i.e.,  the trust  agreement and related  documents).  The trust  agreement will
provide,  in general,  that the  certificateholders  will be  allocated  taxable
income of the trust for each month equal to the sum of:

         (1)      the interest  that accrues on the  certificates  in accordance
                  with their terms for such month,  including  interest accruing
                  at the related  pass-through rate for such month and interest,
                  if any, on amounts  previously due on the certificates but not
                  yet distributed;

         (2)      any trust  income  attributable  to  discount  on the  related
                  receivables  that  corresponds  to any excess of the principal
                  amount of the certificates over their initial issue price;

         (3)      any other amounts of income payable to the  certificateholders
                  for such month; and

         (4)      in  the  case  of  an  individual,   estate  or  trust,   such
                  certificateholder's  share  of  income  corresponding  to  the
                  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  described  in the  second
                  succeeding paragraph.

         Such allocation of interest will be reduced by any  amortization by the
trust of  premium on  receivables  that  corresponds  to any excess of the issue
price of certificates over their principal amount.  Unless otherwise provided in
the related  prospectus  supplement,  all remaining  taxable income of the trust
will be  allocated to the owner of the  retained  interest of the trust.  In the
event the trust  issues  certificates  which are Strip  Securities,  the  amount
allocated  to  such   certificateholders  will  equal  the  excess  of  (1)  the
pass-through  rate  applicable  to  the  Strip  Securities  times  the  notional
principal amount for the Strip Securities for such month over (2) the portion of
the amount  distributed with respect to the Strip Securities for such month that
would  constitute  a return  of basis if the  Strip  Securities  constituted  an
instrument  described  in Section  860G(a)(1)(B)(ii)  of the Code,  applying the
principles of Section  1272(a)(6)  of the Code and employing the constant  yield
method of accrual (utilizing the appropriate prepayment  assumption);  provided,
that no negative accruals shall be permitted,  and, provided further, that other
deductions  derived by the trust up to the aggregate  remaining  capital account
balances of the holders of the Strip  Securities will be allocated to such Strip
Securities in proportion to the respective capital account balances  immediately
before the final redemption.

         The portion of expenses of the trust  (including  fees to the servicer,
but not interest expense)  allocated to taxpayers that are individuals,  estates
or trusts would be  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions to such taxpayers.  Such
deductions  might be disallowed to such  taxpayers in whole or in part and might
result in such  taxpayers  being taxed on an amount of income  that  exceeds the
amount  of cash  actually  distributed  to such  taxpayers  over the life of the
trust.  Any net  loss of the  trust  will be  allocated  first  to the  retained
interest holder to the extent of its adjusted capital account, then to the other
certificateholders  in the  priorities  set forth in the trust  agreement to the
extent of their  respective  adjusted  capital  accounts,  and thereafter to the
retained interest holder.

         As noted above under "Possible  Alternative  Treatment of the Notes," a
holder of a partnership  interest in the trust, such as the certificates,  which
is a tax-exempt entity will be subject to tax on the trust's income. The trust's
income will be treated as  "unrelated  business  taxable  income,"  because such
income will be "unrelated debt-financed income."

         The trust intends to make all calculations  relating to market discount
income  and  amortization  of  premium  with  respect  to both  simple  interest
receivables  and  precomputed  receivables  on an aggregate  basis rather than a
receivable-by-receivable   basis.   If  the  IRS  were  to  require   that  such
calculations be made separately for each receivable, the trust might be required
to incur  additional  expense,  but it is  believed  that  there  would not be a
material adverse effect on certificateholders.

         Discount  and  Premium.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the related
prospectus supplement,  it is believed that the receivables were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the trust should not have OID income. However, the purchase
price paid by the trust for the related  receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining  principal balance of the receivables at the time of purchase.  If
so, the  receivables  will have been  acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate    basis,   but   might   be   required   to   recompute   it   on   a
receivable-by-receivable basis.)

         If the trust acquires the related  receivables at a market  discount or
premium,  it will elect to include any such  discount in income  currently as it
accrues over the life of such  receivables or to offset any such premium against
interest  income on such  receivables.  As  indicated  above,  a portion of such
market   discount   income   or   premium   deduction   may  be   allocated   to
certificateholders.

         Section 708 Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, the trust will
be deemed to  terminate  for federal  income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period.  Under applicable Treasury  regulations,  such a 50% or greater
transfer would cause a deemed  contribution  of the assets of the trust to a new
partnership  in exchange  for  interests in the trust.  Such  interests in a new
partnership  would  be  deemed  distributed  to the  partners  of the  trust  in
liquidation  thereof,  which would not constitute a sale or exchange.  The trust
will not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when such a
constructive  termination  occurs.  As a result,  the trust  may be  subject  to
certain tax  penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses if it is required to
comply  with those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the trust  might not be able to
comply due to lack of data.

         Disposition of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital gain or loss will be
recognized  on a sale of  certificates  in an  amount  equal  to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the certificates sold.
With respect to noncorporate certificateholders,  such capital gain or loss will
be short-term or long-term,  depending on whether the  certificate has been held
for (1) 12 months or less, or (2) more than 12 months, respectively.  (Long-term
capital gain tax rates provide a reduction as compared with  short-term  capital
gains, which are taxed at ordinary income tax rates.) A certificateholder's  tax
basis in a certificate  will generally  equal the holder's cost increased by the
holder's  share of trust  income  (includible  in income) and  decreased  by any
distributions received with respect to such certificate.  In addition,  both the
tax basis in the certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a certificate
would  include the  holder's  share of the  liabilities  of the trust.  A holder
acquiring  certificates at different prices may be required to maintain a single
aggregate  adjusted  tax  basis in such  certificates  and,  upon  sale or other
disposition of some of the certificates, to allocate a portion of such aggregate
tax basis to the certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis
in each  certificate  for purposes of  computing  gain or loss on a sale of that
certificate).

         Any  gain on the sale of a  certificate  attributable  to the  holder's
share of unrecognized  accrued market discount on the related  receivables would
generally  be  treated as  ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to
special tax reporting requirements.  The trust does not expect to have any other
assets that would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to
avoid  those  special  reporting  requirements,  the trust will elect to include
market discount in income as it accrues.

         If a certificateholders is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including  income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the life of the  certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the certificates.

         Allocations  Between  Transferors  and  Transferees.  In  general,  the
trust's  taxable income and losses will be determined  monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the certificateholders
in proportion to the principal  amount of  certificates  (or notional  principal
amount,  in the case of any Strip  Securities)  owned by them as of the close of
the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing certificates may be
allocated  tax  items  (which  will  affect  its tax  liability  and tax  basis)
attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

         The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be permitted by existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the trust might be  reallocated  among the  certificateholders.  The retained
interest holder, acting as tax matters partner for the trust, will be authorized
to revise the trust's method of allocation  between  transferors and transferees
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

         Section 754 Election.  In the event that a certificateholder  sells its
certificates at a profit (loss),  the purchasing  certificateholder  will have a
higher (lower) basis in the certificates than the selling certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the trust were to file an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements,  the trust will not make such election. As a
result,  certificateholders  might be  allocated  a greater or lesser  amount of
trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
certificates.

         Administrative  Matters.  The  trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete  and accurate  books of the trust.  Such books will be  maintained  for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis, and the fiscal year of
the  trust  is  expected  to be the  calendar  year.  The  trustee  will  file a
partnership  information  return  (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each  taxable
year of the trust and will report each  certificateholder's  allocable  share of
items of trust  income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule  K-1.  The
trust will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the trust with the information  statement described below and such nominees will
be  required  to  forward  such  information  to the  beneficial  owners  of the
certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information  return filed by the trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

         Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the  certificates so held. Such information  includes (1) the name,  address
and taxpayer  identification number of the nominee and (2) as to each beneficial
owner (a) the name,  address  and  identification  number  of such  person,  (b)
whether  such  person is a U.S.  Person (as  defined  under  "Trusts  Treated as
Grantor  Trusts  --Non-U.S.   Persons"),   a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign
government,  an  international  organization,  or any  wholly  owned  agency  or
instrumentality  of either of the  foregoing,  and (c)  certain  information  on
certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish  directly to the trust  information as
to themselves and their ownership of certificates.  A clearing agency registered
under  Section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 is not  required to
furnish any such information statement to the trust. The information referred to
above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished  to the trust on or before  the
following January 31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to
provide  the  trust  with the  information  described  above may be  subject  to
penalties.

         The  retained  interest  holder will be  designated  as the tax matters
partner  for each trust in the related  trust  agreement  and, as such,  will be
responsible for representing the  certificateholder in any dispute with the IRS.
The Code provides for  administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if the
partnership  were a separate and distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of
limitations for  partnership  items does not expire before three years after the
date  on  which  the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the trust by the  appropriate
taxing  authorities  could  result  in an  adjustment  of  the  returns  of  the
certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a certificateholder may be
precluded from separately  litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the
trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an audit of a  certificateholder's
returns  and  adjustments  of items not  related to the income and losses of the
trust.

         Tax Consequences to Non-U.S.  Certificateholders.  Pursuant to a change
in the safe harbor provisions of Section 864(b)(2)(A) of the Code (applicable to
tax  years  beginning  after  December  31,  1997),  certificateholders  who are
Non-U.S.  Persons will not be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in
the United  States for  purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with  respect to
Non-U.S.  Persons  solely as a result of owning or  trading  certificates.  As a
result,  the trust is not  obligated  to  withhold on the portion of its taxable
income that is allocable to Non-U.S. Persons at regular graduated rates (35% for
Non-U.S.  Persons  that are  taxable  as  corporations  and  39.6% for all other
Non-U.S.  Persons),  unless such Non-U.S. Person hold certificates in connection
with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

         Interest allocable to a Non-U.S. Person that does not hold certificates
in connection with the conduct of a U. S. trade or business will not qualify for
the exemption for portfolio  interest under Section 871(h) of the Code,  because
underlying  receivables  owned by the trust are not in "registered form" as that
term is defined in applicable Treasury  regulations.  As a result, such Non-U.S.
Person who holds  certificates will be subject to United States  withholding tax
on interest or OID  attributable to the underlying  receivables  (whether or not
such  amount  is  distributed)  at a  rate  of 30  percent,  unless  reduced  or
eliminated  pursuant  to an  applicable  treaty.  Potential  investors  who  are
Non-U.S.  Persons should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the specific
tax consequences of owning a certificate.

         Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the certificates will be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS

Tax Characterization of Grantor Trusts

         If specified in the related prospectus supplement,  federal tax counsel
will deliver its opinion that the trust will not be classified as an association
taxable as a  corporation  and that such trust will be  classified  as a grantor
trust  under  subpart  E,  Part I of  subchapter  J of the Code.  In this  case,
beneficial  owners of grantor  trust  certificates  will be treated  for federal
income tax  purposes as owners of a portion of the trust's  assets as  described
below. The certificates issued by a trust that is treated as a grantor trust are
referred to as grantor trust certificates.

         Characterization.  Each grantor trust certificateholder will be treated
as the owner of a pro rata  undivided  interest in the  interest  and  principal
portions of the trust represented by the grantor trust  certificates and will be
considered the equitable  owner of a pro rata undivided  interest in each of the
receivables   in  the  trust.   Any  amounts   received   by  a  grantor   trust
certificateholder  in lieu of amounts due with respect to any receivable because
of a default or  delinquency  in payment will be treated for federal  income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.

         Each grantor trust  certificateholder will be required to report on its
federal   income   tax   return   in   accordance   with  such   grantor   trust
certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the  receivables in the trust  represented  by grantor trust  certificates,
including  interest,  OID, if any,  prepayment  fees,  assumption fees, any gain
recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received by the servicer.
Under Code  Sections 162 or 212, each grantor  trust  certificateholder  will be
entitled  to deduct  its pro rata  share of  servicing  fees,  prepayment  fees,
assumption fees and late payment charges retained by the servicer, provided that
such amounts are  reasonable  compensation  for services  rendered to the trust.
Grantor trust certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be
entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent such expenses plus
all  other  miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  exceed  two  percent  of  their
respective adjusted gross incomes. A grantor trust  certificateholder  using the
cash method of  accounting  must take into  account its pro rata share of income
and deductions as and when collected by or paid to the servicer. A grantor trust
certificateholder  using an accrual method of accounting  must take into account
its pro rata share of income and  deductions  as they  become due or are paid to
the servicer,  whichever is earlier.  If the servicing fees paid to the servicer
are  deemed to exceed  reasonable  servicing  compensation,  the  amount of such
excess could be considered as an ownership interest retained by the servicer (or
any  person to whom the  servicer  assigned  for  value all or a portion  of the
servicing fees) in a portion of the interest  payments on the  receivables.  The
receivables  would then be subject to the "coupon  stripping"  rules of the Code
discussed below.

         Stripped  Bonds and Stripped  Coupons.  Although  the tax  treatment of
stripped bonds is not entirely  clear,  based on guidance  issued by the IRS, it
appears that each  purchaser of a grantor trust  certificate  will be treated as
the purchaser of a stripped bond which  generally  should be treated as a single
debt  instrument  issued on the day it is purchased for purposes of  calculating
any OID. Generally,  under Treasury regulations issued under Section 1286 of the
Code, if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de minimis  amount (as
calculated for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such stripped bond will be
considered to have been issued with OID. For these  purposes,  OID is the excess
of the "stated  redemption  price at  maturity"  (generally,  principal  and any
interest which is not "qualified stated interest") of a debt instrument over its
issue price.  See "-- Original Issue Discount"  below.  Based on the preamble to
the Section  1286  Treasury  Regulations,  federal tax counsel is of the opinion
that,  although the matter is not  entirely  clear,  the interest  income on the
certificates  at  the  sum of the  pass-through  rate  and  the  portion  of the
servicing fee rate that does not constitute  excess servicing will be treated as
"qualified  stated  interest"  within the meaning of the Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations  and such income will be so treated in the trustee's tax information
reporting.  It is possible that the treatment  described in this  paragraph will
apply only to that portion of the receivables in a particular  trust as to which
there is "excess  servicing" and that the remainder of such receivables will not
be treated as stripped  bonds,  but as undivided  interests as described  above.
Unless indicated otherwise in the applicable  prospectus  supplement,  it is not
anticipated that grantor trust  certificates will be issued with greater than de
minimis OID.

         Original  Issue  Discount.  The  rules  of  the  Code  relating  to OID
(currently  Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275) will be applicable to a grantor
trust  certificateholder  that acquires an undivided interest in a stripped bond
issued or acquired  with OID,  and such person must  include in gross income the
sum of the "daily  portions," as defined below, of the OID on such stripped bond
for each day on which it owns a certificate,  including the date of purchase but
excluding the date of disposition.  Because  payments on such stripped bonds may
be accelerated by prepayments on the underlying  obligations,  it is likely that
OID will be determined as required  under Code Section  1272(a)(6).  Pursuant to
Code Section  1272(a)(6),  OID accruals will be  calculated  based on a constant
interest  method  and a  prepayment  assumption  indicated  in  such  prospectus
supplement.  In the case of an original  grantor  trust  certificateholder,  the
daily  portions of OID generally  would be determined as follows.  A calculation
will be made of the portion of OID that accrues on the stripped bond during each
successive  monthly  accrual period (or shorter period in respect of the date of
original  issue or the final  payment  date).  This will be done, in the case of
each full  monthly  accrual  period,  by  adding  (1) the  present  value of all
remaining  payments  to be received on the  stripped  bond under the  prepayment
assumption  used  in  respect  of the  grantor  trust  certificates  and (2) any
payments  (other than qualified  stated  interest)  received during such accrual
period,  and  subtracting  from the  total  the  "adjusted  issue  price" of the
stripped bond at the beginning of such accrual period. No representation is made
that the grantor trust  certificates  will prepay at any prepayment  assumption.
The  "adjusted  issue  price" of a stripped  bond at the  beginning of the first
accrual  period is its issue price (as  determined for purposes of the OID rules
of the Code) and the "adjusted  issue price" of a stripped bond at the beginning
of a subsequent accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at the beginning of
the  immediately  preceding  accrual  period plus the amount of OID allocable to
that  accrual  period  and  reduced  by the amount of any  payment  (other  than
qualified stated interest) made at the end of or during that accrual period. The
OID accruing  during such  accrual  period will then be divided by the number of
days in the  period to  determine  the daily  portion of OID for each day in the
period. A subsequent grantor trust  certificateholder will be required to adjust
its OID accrual to reflect its purchase price,  the remaining period to maturity
and,  possibly,  a new  prepayment  assumption.  The servicer will report to all
grantor trust certificateholders as if they were original holders.

         With  respect  to the  receivables,  the method of  calculating  OID as
described  above will cause the  accrual of OID to either  increase  or decrease
(but never  below  zero) in any given  accrual  period to reflect  the fact that
prepayments  are  occurring  at a faster  or  slower  rate  than the  prepayment
assumption  used in  respect  of the  receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers  that
purchase  grantor trust  certificates at more than a de minimis  discount should
consult their tax advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.

         Market  Discount.  A grantor trust  certificateholder  that acquires an
undivided interest in receivables may be subject to the market discount rules of
Sections  1276 through 1278 to the extent an undivided  interest in a receivable
or stripped bond is considered  to have been  purchased at a "market  discount."
Generally,  the amount of market  discount is equal to the excess of the portion
of the principal  amount of such  receivable or stripped bond  allocable to such
holder's  undivided  interest  over such  holder's  tax basis in such  interest.
Market discount with respect to a grantor trust  certificate  will be considered
to be zero if the amount allocable to the grantor trust certificate is less than
0.25% of the grantor trust  certificate's  stated  redemption  price at maturity
multiplied by the weighted average maturity remaining after the date of purchase
(presumably using an appropriate  prepayment  assumption).  Treasury regulations
implementing  the market  discount  rules have not yet been  issued;  therefore,
investors  should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding the  application of
these rules and the  advisability  of making any of the elections  allowed under
Code Section 1276 and 1278. The IRS may require you to compute  market  discount
on a receivable by receivable  basis,  based on the  allocation of your purchase
price among the receivables based on their fair market values.  However, we will
not furnish information to you on a receivable by receivable basis. Accordingly,
if you compute premium  amortization on an aggregate  basis, you may be required
by the IRS to recompute such premium on a receivable by receivable basis.

         The Code  provides  that any  principal  payment  (whether a  scheduled
payment or a prepayment) or any gain or  disposition  of a market  discount bond
shall be treated as  ordinary  income to the extent  that it does not exceed the
accrued  market  discount  at the time of such  payment.  The  amount of accrued
market  discount for purposes of  determining  the tax  treatment of  subsequent
principal  payments or dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced
by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

         The  Code  also  grants  the  Treasury  Department  authority  to issue
regulations  providing for the  computation of accrued  market  discount on debt
instruments,  the  principal  of which is payable in more than one  installment.
While the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in
the relevant  legislative history will apply. Under those rules, the holder of a
market  discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of
a constant  interest  rate or according to one of the  following  methods.  If a
grantor trust certificate is issued with OID, the amount of market discount that
accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of (1) the total
remaining market discount and (2) a fraction,  the numerator of which is the OID
accruing  during the period and the  denominator of which is the total remaining
OID at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  For grantor  trust  certificates
issued  without OID, the amount of market  discount that accrues during a period
is equal to the product of (1) the total  remaining  market  discount  and (2) a
fraction,  the  numerator of which is the amount of stated  interest paid during
the accrual  period and the  denominator  of which is the total amount of stated
interest  remaining  to be paid at the  beginning  of the  accrual  period.  For
purposes of  calculating  market  discount under any of the above methods in the
case of instruments  (such as the grantor trust  certificates)  that provide for
payments that may be accelerated  by reason of prepayments of other  obligations
securing  such  instruments,   the  same  prepayment  assumption  applicable  to
calculating the accrual of OID should apply.  Because the regulations  described
above have not been  issued,  it is  impossible  to predict  what  effect  those
regulations  might  have on the tax  treatment  of a grantor  trust  certificate
purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary market.

         A holder who acquired a grantor trust  certificate at a market discount
also may be  required  to defer a portion  of its  interest  deductions  for the
taxable year attributable to any indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase
or carry such grantor trust  certificate  purchased  with market  discount.  For
these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any such deferred
interest  expense would not exceed the market  discount that accrues during such
taxable year and is, in general,  allowed as a deduction not later than the year
in which such market discount is includible in income.  If such holder elects to
include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount
instruments  acquired by such holder in that  taxable  year or  thereafter,  the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

         Premium.  The price paid for a grantor  trust  certificate  by a holder
will be allocated to such holder's  undivided  interest in each receivable based
on each receivable's relative fair market value, so that such holder's undivided
interest  in each  receivable  will  have its own tax  basis.  A  grantor  trust
certificateholder  that  acquires an interest  in  receivables  at a premium may
elect to amortize such premium  under a constant  interest  method.  Amortizable
bond  premium  will be treated as an offset to interest  income on such  grantor
trust certificate.  The basis for such grantor trust certificate will be reduced
to the extent that amortizable  premium is applied to offset interest  payments.
We cannot tell you whether a reasonable  prepayment assumption should be used in
computing  amortization  of premium  allowable  under Section 171 of the Code. A
grantor  trust  certificateholder  that makes this  election for a grantor trust
certificate  that is  acquired  at a  premium  will be  deemed  to have  made an
election to amortize  bond premium with respect to all debt  instruments  having
amortizable  bond  premium that such grantor  trust  certificateholder  acquires
during the year of the election or thereafter.  We will not furnish  information
to you on a receivable by receivable basis. Accordingly,  if you compute premium
amortization  on an aggregate  basis,  the IRS may require you to recompute such
premium.

        If  a  premium  is  not  subject  to  amortization  using  a  reasonable
prepayment  assumption,  the holder of a grantor trust certificate acquired at a
premium should  recognize a loss if a receivable  prepays in full,  equal to the
difference  between  the  portion  of  the  prepaid  principal  amount  of  such
receivable that is allocable to the grantor trust certificate and the portion of
the adjusted  basis of the grantor trust  certificate  that is allocable to such
receivable.  If a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption  is used to amortize  such
premium,  it appears  that such a loss would be  available,  if at all,  only if
prepayments  have  occurred  at  a  rate  faster  than  the  reasonable  assumed
prepayment rate. It is not clear whether any other adjustments would be required
to reflect differences between an assumed prepayment rate and the actual rate of
prepayments.

         Election to Treat All  Interest as OID.  The OID  regulations  permit a
grantor  trust  certificateholder  to elect to  accrue  all  interest,  discount
(including de minimis market discount or OID) and premium in income as interest,
based on a  constant  yield  method.  If such an  election  were to be made with
respect   to  a  grantor   trust   certificate   with   market   discount,   the
certificateholder  would be deemed to have made an election to include in income
currently  market  discount  with respect to all other debt  instruments  having
market  discount that such grantor trust  certificateholder  acquires during the
year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a grantor trust certificateholder
that makes this election for a grantor trust  certificate  that is acquired at a
premium  will be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond  premium with
respect  to all debt  instruments  having  amortizable  bond  premium  that such
grantor trust  certificateholder  owns or acquires.  See "-- Premium" above. The
election to accrue  interest,  discount  and premium on a constant  yield method
with respect to a grantor trust certificate is irrevocable.

         Sale or Exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate.  Sale or exchange of a
grantor  trust  certificate  prior to its  maturity  will result in gain or loss
equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount  received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the grantor trust  certificate.  Such adjusted basis generally
will  equal the  seller's  purchase  price for the  grantor  trust  certificate,
increased  by the OID and any market  discount  included in the  seller's  gross
income with respect to the grantor trust certificate,  and reduced by any market
premium  amortized by the seller and by principal  payments on the grantor trust
certificate previously received by the seller. Such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss to an owner for which a grantor  trust  certificate  is a  "capital
asset"  within the  meaning of Section  1221 of the Code  (except in the case of
gain  attributable  to accrued market  discount,  as noted above under "--Market
Discount")  and,  with respect to  noncorporate  owners,  will be  short-term or
long-term,  depending on whether the grantor trust certificate has been held for
12 months or less, or more than 12 months, respectively. (Long-term capital gain
tax rates provide a reduction as compared with short-term  capital gains,  which
are taxed at ordinary income tax rates.)

         Grantor trust  certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness"  within
the meaning of Section  582(c)(1) of the Code,  so that gain or loss  recognized
from the sale of a grantor trust  certificate by a bank or a thrift  institution
to which such section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

         Non-U.S.  Persons.  Interest  or OID paid to  Non-U.S.  Persons who own
grantor trust certificates will be treated as "portfolio  interest" for purposes
of  United  States  withholding  tax.  Such  interest  (including  OID,  if any)
attributable to the underlying receivables will not be subject to the normal 30%
(or such lower rate provided for by an applicable  tax treaty)  withholding  tax
imposed on such  amounts  provided  that (1) the  Non-U.S.  Person is not a "10%
shareholder"  (within the definition of Section 871(h)(3)) of any obligor on the
receivables;  and is not a controlled foreign corporation (within the definition
of  Section  957)  related  to any  obligor  on the  receivables  and  (2)  such
certificateholder  fulfills  certain  certification  requirements.  Under  these
requirements, the certificateholder must certify, under penalty of perjury, that
it is not a "U.S.  Person"  and must  provide  its name  and  address.  For this
purpose "U.S.  Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S.
federal income tax purposes,  a corporation or partnership (except to the extent
provided in applicable  Treasury  regulations)  created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia,  including
an entity treated as a corporation or  partnership  for U.S.  federal income tax
purposes,  an estate  the  income of which is  subject  to U.S.  federal  income
taxation  regardless  of its  source,  or a trust if a court  within  the United
States is able to exercise primary  supervision over the  administration of such
trust,  and one or more such U.S.  Persons  have the  authority  to control  all
substantial  decisions of such trust (or, to the extent  provided in  applicable
Treasury regulations,  certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, which are
eligible  to elect to be  treated as U.S.  Persons).  A  "Non-U.S.  Person" is a
person who is not a U.S. Person as defined above. If, however,  such interest or
gain is effectively  connected to the conduct of a trade or business  within the
U.S.  by such  certificateholder,  such owner  will be  subject to U.S.  federal
income tax thereon at  graduated  rates.  Potential  investors  who are not U.S.
Persons  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  regarding  the  specific  tax
consequences of owning a certificate.

         Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The servicer will furnish
or make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year,
to each person who was a grantor trust certificateholder at any time during such
year,  such  information as the servicer deems  necessary or desirable to assist
grantor trust  certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax returns,
or to enable holders to make such information  available to beneficial owners or
financial  intermediaries  that hold grantor trust  certificates  as nominees on
behalf  of  beneficial  owners.  If  a  holder,   beneficial  owner,   financial
intermediary  or other  recipient of a payment on behalf of a  beneficial  owner
fails to supply a certified taxpayer  identification  number or if the Secretary
of the  Treasury  determines  that such person has not reported all interest and
dividend  income  required  to be shown on its federal  income tax  return,  31%
backup  withholding  may be required with respect to any  payments.  Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a distribution  to a recipient  would be allowed as a
credit against such recipient's federal income tax liability.

                                       ***

         The federal  tax  discussion  set forth  above is included  for general
information only and may not be applicable to your particular tax situation. You
should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the tax  consequences of the
purchase,   ownership  and   disposition  of   securities,   including  the  tax
consequences  under state, local and foreign and other tax laws and the possible
effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Section 406 of ERISA,  and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual  retirement
accounts  and  certain  types of Keogh  Plans  (each,  a "Benefit  Plan"),  from
engaging in certain  transactions  involving "plan assets" with persons that are
"parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified  persons" under the Code with
respect to the Benefit Plan.  ERISA also imposes  certain  duties on persons who
are  fiduciaries  of  Benefit  Plans  subject  to ERISA  and  prohibits  certain
transactions between a Benefit Plan and parties in interest with respect to such
Benefit  Plans.  Under ERISA,  any person who exercises any authority or control
with respect to the management or disposition of the assets of a Benefit Plan is
considered to be a fiduciary of such Benefit Plan (subject to certain exceptions
not here  relevant).  A violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may
generate  excise  tax and other  liabilities  under  ERISA and the Code for such
persons.

         Certain  transactions  involving a trust might be deemed to  constitute
prohibited  transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased  notes or  certificates  if assets of the trust were deemed to be
assets of the  Benefit  Plan.  Under a  regulation  issued by the United  States
Department of Labor (the "Plan Assets Regulations"), the assets of a trust would
be treated as plan  assets of a Benefit  Plan for the  purposes of ERISA and the
Code only if the Benefit  Plan  acquired an "equity  interest"  in the trust and
none of the exceptions  contained in the Plan Assets  Regulation was applicable.
An equity  interest is defined  under the Plan Assets  Regulation as an interest
other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness  under applicable local
law and which has no substantial  equity features.  To the extent that the notes
are  treated  as  indebtedness  under  applicable  local  law  and do  not  have
substantial  equity  features,  their  acquisition  would not be considered  the
acquisition of an "equity interest" in the related trust. In addition,  although
they may  represent  equity  interests  in the  related  trust,  nonsubordinated
certificates  ("Senior  Certificates")  may  be  exempted  from  certain  of the
prohibited  transaction  rules of ERISA as discussed below. The likely treatment
in this context of notes or  certificates of a given series will be discussed in
the related prospectus supplement.

         Employee  Benefit  Plans  that are  governmental  plans (as  defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.

         A  Benefit  Plan  fiduciary   considering  the  purchase  of  notes  or
certificates  of a given series  should  consult its tax and/or  legal  advisors
regarding  whether the assets of the  related  trust  would be  considered  plan
assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the  prohibited  transaction
rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

         The U.S. Department of Labor may have granted to the underwriter (or in
the case of series offered by more than one underwriter,  the lead  underwriter)
named in each prospectus  supplement an exemption (the "Exemption") from certain
of the  prohibited  transaction  rules  of ERISA  with  respect  to the  initial
purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Benefit Plans of certificates
representing  interests  in  asset-backed  pass-through  trusts that  consist of
certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the Exemption include
motor vehicle installment sales contracts such as the receivables. The Exemption
will apply to the  acquisition,  holding and resale of Senior  Certificates by a
Benefit Plan,  provided that certain conditions  (certain of which are described
below) are met.

         Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply
to the Senior Certificates are the following:

         (1)      The trust is considered to consist solely of obligations which
                  bear  interest or are  purchased  at a discount  and which are
                  secured by motor  vehicles or equipment,  or "qualified  motor
                  vehicle leases" (as defined in the  Exemption),  property that
                  had  secured  such  obligations  or  qualified  motor  vehicle
                  leases, cash or temporary  investments  maturing no later than
                  the next date on which  payments  are to be made to the Senior
                  Certificate  owners, and rights of the indenture trustee under
                  the  indenture  or the rights of the owner  trustee or trustee
                  under the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  and under credit
                  support  arrangements  with  respect  to such  obligations  or
                  qualified motor vehicle leases.

         (2)      The  acquisition of the Senior  Certificates by a Benefit Plan
                  is on terms (including the price for the Senior  Certificates)
                  that are at least as  favorable  to the  Benefit  Plan as they
                  would  be in an arm's  length  transaction  with an  unrelated
                  party;

         (3)      The rights and interests  evidenced by the Senior Certificates
                  acquired  by the  Benefit  Plan  are not  subordinated  to the
                  rights and interests  evidenced by other  certificates  of the
                  trust;

         (4)      The Senior  Certificates  acquired  by the  Benefit  Plan have
                  received a rating at the time of such  acquisition  that is in
                  one of the three highest generic rating categories from either
                  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,
                  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA, Inc;

         (5)      The  related  owner  trustee  or  indenture  trustee is not an
                  affiliate  of any  other  member of the  Restricted  Group (as
                  defined below);

         (6)      The sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection
                  with the  distribution of the Senior  Certificates  represents
                  not more than reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting  the
                  Senior  Certificates;  the  sum of all  payments  made  to and
                  retained by the seller pursuant to the sale of the receivables
                  to the related trust  represents not more than the fair market
                  value of such receivables; and the sum of all payments made to
                  and  retained  by  the  servicer   represents  not  more  than
                  reasonable  compensation for the servicer's services under the
                  related  Transfer and Servicing  Agreements and indenture,  if
                  applicable,  and  reimbursement  of the servicer's  reasonable
                  expenses in connection therewith; and

         (7)      The Benefit Plan  investing in the Senior  Certificates  is an
                  "accredited   investor"  as  defined  in  Rule   501(a)(1)  of
                  Regulation D of the  Commission  under the  Securities  Act of
                  1933, as amended.

         Moreover,   the   Exemption   would   provide   relief   from   certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest or  prohibited  transactions  only if,  among
other requirements, (1) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection  with the  initial  issuance,  at least  fifty  percent of the Senior
Certificates  are acquired by persons  independent of the  Restricted  Group (as
defined below),  (2) the Benefit Plan's  investment in Senior  Certificates does
not exceed twenty-five percent of all of the Senior Certificates  outstanding at
the time of the acquisition and (3) immediately  after the acquisition,  no more
than  twenty-five  percent of the assets of the  Benefit  Plan are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or serviced by the same  entity.  The  Exemption  does not apply to Benefit
Plans  sponsored  by the  seller,  any  underwriter,  the related  trustee,  the
servicer,  any obligor with respect to receivables included in the related trust
constituting  more than five  percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal
balance  of the assets in the  trust,  or any  affiliate  of such  parties  (the
"Restricted Group").

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to a given  series,  the seller will agree to cause the related trust to
sell to the underwriters named therein and in the related prospectus supplement,
and each of such  underwriters  will severally agree to purchase,  the principal
amount of each class of securities  of the related  series set forth therein and
in the related prospectus supplement.

         In each underwriting  agreement,  the several  underwriters will agree,
subject to the terms and conditions  set forth  therein,  to purchase all of the
securities  described  therein  that  are  offered  hereby  and by  the  related
prospectus supplement if any of such securities are purchased.

         Each prospectus supplement will either (1) set forth the price at which
each class of securities being offered thereby will be offered to the public and
any concessions that may be offered to certain securities dealers  participating
in the offering of such  securities  or (2) specify that the related  securities
are to be resold by the  underwriters  in  negotiated  transactions  at  varying
prices to be  determined  at the time of such  sale.  After the  initial  public
offering  of  any  such  securities,   such  public  offering  prices  and  such
concessions may be changed.

         Each  underwriting  agreement will provide that UAC and the seller will
indemnify the related underwriters against certain civil liabilities,  including
liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1934,  or  contribute to payments the
several underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

         Each trust  may,  from time to time,  invest  the funds in the  related
accounts in eligible investments acquired from such underwriters.

         Pursuant to each underwriting agreement, the closing of the sale of any
class of securities  subject  thereto will be  conditioned on the closing of the
sale of all other classes of securities of such series.

         The place and time of delivery for the  securities  in respect of which
this  prospectus  is  delivered  will be set  forth  in the  related  prospectus
supplement.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters  relating to the securities of any series will be
passed  upon for the  related  trust,  the seller and the  servicer  by Barnes &
Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and for  the  underwriters  by  Cadwalader,
Wickersham & Taft,  New York, New York or such other firm as shall be identified
in the  related  prospectus  supplement.  Certain  federal  income tax and other
matters  will be passed upon for each trust by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,
Barnes &  Thornburg  or such other firm as shall be  identified  in the  related
prospectus supplement.

                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

         The seller, as originator of each trust, filed a registration statement
relating to the  securities  with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC").  This  prospectus  is  part  of  the  registration  statement,  but  the
registration statement includes additional information about the securities.

         The servicer  will file with the SEC all required  periodic and special
SEC reports and other information about any trust.

         You may read and copy any reports,  statements or other  information we
file at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549.  You can  request  copies of these  documents,  upon  payment  of a
duplicating  fee, by writing to the SEC.  Please call the SEC at (800)  SEC-0330
for further  information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC
filings  are  also   available   to  the  public  on  the  SEC   Internet   site
(http://www.sec.gov.).

         The SEC allows us to  "incorporate by reference"  information  that the
seller  files  with it,  which  means that the  seller  can  disclose  important
information  to you  by  referring  you  to  those  documents.  The  information
incorporated  by  reference  is  considered  to  be  part  of  this  prospectus.
Information that the seller files later with the SEC which we have  incorporated
by reference will  automatically  update the information in this prospectus.  In
all cases, you should rely on the later  information over different  information
included in this prospectus or the related prospectus supplement. We incorporate
by  reference  any future  annual,  monthly  and  special  SEC reports and proxy
materials  filed by or on behalf of any trust until we  terminate  offering  the
securities.

         As a  recipient  of  this  prospectus,  you may  request  a copy of any
document we incorporate by reference,  except exhibits to the documents  (unless
the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing
or  calling:   Union  Acceptance   Corporation,   250  North  Shadeland  Avenue,
Indianapolis,  IN  46219,  Attention:  Structured  Finance  Manager  (telephone:
317-231-2717).

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

         We set forth below is a list of certain of the more  significant  terms
used in this  prospectus and the pages on which you may find the  definitions of
such terms.

TERM                                                                      PAGE

Approved Rating......................................................... 27
Benefit Plan............................................................ 51
Code.................................................................... 35
DTC..................................................................... 13
ERISA...................................................................  9
Exemption............................................................... 52
FASIT................................................................... 41
FTC Rule................................................................ 39
Funding Subsidiary......................................................  6
IRS..................................................................... 41
Named Lienholders....................................................... 15
Non-U.S. Person......................................................... 51
OID..................................................................... 42
OID Regulations......................................................... 42
Plan Assets Regulation.................................................. 51
Pool Factor............................................................. 19
Restricted Group........................................................ 53
SEC..................................................................... 53
Security Owners.........................................................22, 41
Senior Certificates..................................................... 51
Strip Securities........................................................ 19
Transfer and Servicing Agreements....................................... 24
Trust Bankruptcy Event.................................................. 34
U.S. Person............................................................. 50
UAC.....................................................................  4
UACFC...................................................................  6
UAFC....................................................................  6
UAFCC................................................................... 20
UCC..................................................................... 22


<PAGE>



                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     Expenses in connection with the offering of the Securities being registered
herein are estimated as follows:



   SEC registration fee (1)...................................$  896,324.33
   Legal fees and expenses (2)................................   714,000.00
   Accounting fees and expenses (2)...........................   161,000.00
   Blue sky fees and expenses  (2)............................   105,000.00
   Rating agency fees (2)..................................... 1,365,000.00
   Trustees' fees and expenses (2)............................    42,000.00
   Printing (2)...............................................    52,500.00
   Miscellaneous (2)..........................................   490,000.00
                                                              -------------
       Total (2)..............................................$3,825,824.33
                                                              =============
------------
(1) See footnote number 1 to Calculation of Fee Table
(2) Estimate.


Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides  that a
Delaware   corporation  may  indemnify  any  persons,   including  officers  and
directors,  who are, or are  threatened to be made,  parties to any  threatened,
pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such
corporation),  by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director
of such corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such person in
connection  with such claim,  suit or proceeding,  provided that such officer or
director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in or not  opposed  to the  corporation's  best  interests,  and,  for  criminal
proceedings,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  that his or her  conduct was
illegal.  A Delaware  corporation  may  indemnify  officers and  directors in an
action by or in the right of the corporation  under the same conditions,  except
that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director  is  adjudged  to be liable to the  corporation.  Where an  officer  or
director is  successful  on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above,  the  corporation  must  indemnify  such  officer or director
against the  expenses  that such  officer or director  actually  and  reasonably
incurred.

     The Bylaws of UAC Securitization Corporation provide for indemnification of
officers  and  directors to the full extent  permitted  by the Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

     The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and the Trust and Servicing  Agreement
provide  that  the  Servicer,  any  subservicer  and  the  partners,  directors,
officers, employees or agents of any of them will be entitled to indemnification
by the Trust and will be held  harmless  against any loss,  liability or expense
incurred  in  connection  with any legal  action  relating  to the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  and the Trust and Servicing  Agreement or the  Securities,
other  than any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of such persons
duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of such persons obligations
and duties thereunder.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Item 16.  Exhibits.

       *       1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions  for  UACSC
                       Trusts  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 1 to Form
                       S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 333-52101)

               3.1     Certificate  of  Incorporation   of  UAC   Securitization
                       Corporation, as amended

       *       3.2     Bylaws of UAC Securitization Corporation (incorporated by
                       reference to Exhibit  4.1(a) to Form S-3  Amendment No. 1
                       of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

       *       4.1(a)  Form of  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for  Grantor
                       Trusts  including form of Certificates  (incorporated  by
                       reference to Exhibit  4.1(a) to Form S-3  Amendment No. 1
                       of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

       *       4.1(b)  Form of Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of UACSC Grantor
                       Trusts  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  4.1(b) to
                       Form S-3 Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto Trusts,  Reg. No.
                       33- 97320)

       *       4.2     Form of Trust and Servicing Agreement for Owner Trusts

       *       4.3     Form of Indenture

               5(a)    Opinion  of  Barnes &  Thornburg  with  respect  to
                       legality of the Securities, dated August 11, 2000

               5(b)    Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft with respect
                       to legality of the Securities, dated August 11, 2000

                8      Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft with  respect
                       to tax matters, dated August 11, 2000

       *       10      Form of Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to
                       Exhibit 10 to Form S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No.
                       333-52101)

               23(a)   Consent of Barnes & Thornburg (included in Exhibit 5(a))

               23(b)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 5(b))

               23(c)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 8)

       *       24      Power of Attorney (included on page II-4)

       *       25      Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee under the
                       Trust Indenture Act of 1399

----------------------
*  Previously filed.



Item 17. Undertakings.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

         (a) To file during any period in which  offers or sales are being made,
     a post-effective  amendment to this  registration  statement to include any
     material   information  with  respect  to  the  plan  of  distribution  not
     previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or any material change
     to such information in the registration statement.

         (b) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
     Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  each such
     post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
     relating  to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such
     securities  at that  time  shall be  deemed  to be the  initial  bona  fide
     offering thereof.

         (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.

         (d) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     each filing of the Registrant's annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or
     Section 15(d) of the Certificates Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated
     by  reference  in the  registration  statement  shall be deemed to be a new
     registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
     offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
     bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

         (e) To provide to the  Underwriters  at the  closing  specified  in the
     Underwriting  Agreements  certificates in such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by the Underwriters to provide prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.

         (f)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
     Securities  Act may be permitted  to  directors,  officers and  controlling
     persons  of  the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or
     otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such  indemnification
     is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and is,
     therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
     against  such  liabilities  (other  than the payment by the  Registrant  of
     expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of
     the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
     is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection
     with the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will,  unless in the
     opinion  of  its  counsel  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the Securities Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication  of such
     issue.

         (g) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of this
     registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of prospectus filed by the Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
     497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

         (h) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the  securities
     offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3, and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to
Form  S-3  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized in the City of Bonita Springs, State of Florida, on August 11, 2000.


                                             UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                             as Seller
                                             (Registrant)

                                             By /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
                                                -------------------------------
                                                  Leeanne W. Graziani
                                                    President and Treasurer

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registation Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.


UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION                Date: August 11, 2000


         Signature                                    Title
    ----------------------                    ------------------------

    /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani                      President and Treasurer
    -----------------------------               (Principal Executive Officer
    Leeanne W. Graziani                          and Principal Financial and
                                                 Accounting Officer)


    *  /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               Director
    Jerry D. Von Deylen


    *  /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               Director
    John M. Stainbrook


    *  /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               Director
    Thomas M. West


    *  /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               Director
    Gary Mullennix


    *  /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    -----------------------------               Director
    D. Michael Pointer II



*    The  undersigned,  Leeanne W.  Graziani,  executes this  Amendment No. 1 as
     attorney-in-fact of the persons designated above.

    /s/ Leeanne W. Graziani
    ---------------------
    Leeanne W. Graziani


<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
-----------


*      1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions
               for UACSC Trusts (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 1 to Form S-3 of UACSC Auto Trusts,
               Reg. No. 333-52101)

       3.1     Certificate   of    Incorporation    of   UAC
               Securitization Corporation, as amended

*      3.2     Bylaws  of  UAC  Securitization   Corporation
               (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a)
               to Form S-3  Amendment  No.  1 of UACSC  Auto
               Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

*      4.1(a)  Form of Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement for
               Grantor Trusts including form of Certificates
               (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a)
               to Form S-3  Amendment  No.  1 of UACSC  Auto
               Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

*      4.1(b)  Form of  Standard  Terms  and  Conditions  of
               UACSC   Grantor   Trusts   (incorporated   by
               reference  to  Exhibit  4.1(b)  to  Form  S-3
               Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto  Trusts,  Reg.
               No. 33-97320)

*      4.2     Form of Trust  and  Servicing  Agreement  for
               Owner Trusts

*      4.3     Form of Indenture

        5(a)   Opinion of Barnes & Thornburg with respect to
               legality    of    the    Securities,    dated
               August 11, 2000

        5(b)   Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
               with  respect to legality of the  Securities,
               dated August 11, 2000

        8      Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with
               respect to tax matters, dated August 11, 2000

*       10     Form of Purchase  Agreement  (incorporated by
               reference  to Exhibit 10 to Form S-3 of UACSC
               Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 333-52101)

        23(a)  Consent of Barnes &  Thornburg  (included  in
               Exhibit 5(a))

        23(b)  Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 5(b))

        23(c)  Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 8)

*      24      Power of Attorney (included on page II-4)

*      25      Form T-1 Statement of  Eligibility of Trustee
               under the Trust Indenture Act of 1399
-------
* Previously filed.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission